0>>>>116-03-95 ओम शान्ति अव्यक्त बापदादामधुबन16-03-95 ōm śhānti avyakt bāpadādāmadhuban16-03-95 ōm śhānti avyakt[adj.] x16-03-95 Om peace avyakt x
0> > 16-03-95 Om Shanti Avyakt Bapdada Madhuban
2सर्व प्राप्ति सम्पन्न आत्मा की निशानी - सन्तुष्टता और प्रसन्नताsarv prāpti sampann ātmā kī|key niśhānī - santuṣhṭatā aur prasannatāsarv[adj.] prāpti[n.f.;sg.] sampann[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] - santuṣhṭatā[n.f.;sg.] aur prasannatā[n.f.;sg.]all attainment full soul (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) sign - contentment and happiness
1The sign of a soul complete with all attainments is to be content and satisfied.
3आज सर्व प्राप्तियाँ कराने वाले बापदादा अपने चारों ओर के प्राप्ति सम्पन्न बच्चों को देख रहे हैं . āj sarv prāptiyā̃ karānē vālē bāpdādā apnē chārō̃ ōr kē|K prāpti sampann bachchō̃ kō dēkh rahē haĩ . āj sarv[adj.] prāpti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] karānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bāpdādā apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K prāpti[n.f.;sg.] sampann[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . today all attainment make commit[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who BapDada one’s own everywhere (of|K) attainment full child to see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
2Today, BapDada, the One who enables you to attain all attainments is seeing His children in all four directions who are complete with all attainments.
4सर्व प्राप्तियों के दाता सम्पन्न और सम्पूर्ण बाप के बच्चे हैं तो हर एक बच्चे को बाप ने सर्व प्राप्तियों का वर्सा दिया है . sarv prāptiyō̃ kē|K dātā sampann aur sampūrṇ bāp kē|K bachchē haĩ tō har ēk bachchē kō bāp nē sarv prāptiyō̃ kā varsā diyā hai . sarv[adj.] prāpti[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dātā[n.m.;sg.,d.] sampann[adj.] aur sampūrṇ[adj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] tō har ēk[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] sarv[adj.] prāpti[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] varsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . all attainment (of|K) bestower full and complete father (of|K) child be[pres.pl.12hon3] then each one child to father ∅ all attainment of inheritance give[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
3You are the children of the complete and perfect Father, the Bestower of all attainments and so Baba has given each child the inheritance of all attainments. 4It is not that He has given someone10% or someone else 20%.
5ऐसे नहीं-किसको 10 दिया हो , किसको 20 दिया हो . aisē nahī̃-kisakō 10 diyā hō , kiskō 20 diyā hō . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] x 10 dēnā[x] , kaun[pn.sg.kō] 20 dēnā[x] . such x 10 give[x] , who[.kō] 20 give[x] .
5He has given all the children the right to all attainments.
6सभी बच्चों को सर्व प्राप्तियों का अधिकार दिया है . sabhī bachchō̃ kō sarv prāptiyō̃ kā adhikār diyā hai . sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] sarv[adj.] prāpti[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] adhikār[x] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . all child to all attainment of right give[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . 7सभी बच्चे फुल वर्से के अधिकारी हैं . sabhī bachchē full varsē kē|K adhikārī haĩ . sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] full varsā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . all child full inheritance (of|K) (one) who has a right be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
6All the children have a right to the full inheritance. 7So BapDada is seeing to what extent every child who has a right has claimed that right. 8Baba has given everything.
8तो बापदादा देख रहे हैं कि हर एक अधिकारी बच्चों ने अपने में प्राप्तियों का अधिकार कितना प्राप्त किया है ? tō bāpdādā dēkh rahē haĩ ki har ēk adhikārī bachchō̃ nē apnē mē̃ prāptiyō̃ kā adhikār kitnā prāpt kiyā hai ? tō bāpdādā dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ki[conj.] har ēk[x] adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mē̃[postp.] prāpti[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] adhikār[x] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] prāpt karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ? then BapDada see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] that each one (one) who has a right child ∅ one’s own in attainment of right so reach ?
9The Father is called the Almighty Authority, the One with all Powers and the complete Ocean. 10However, to what extent have the children made all those attainments their own?
9बाप ने सर्व दिया है . bāp nē sarv diyā hai . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] sarv[adj.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . father ∅ all give[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . 10बाप को सर्व शक्तिमान् वा सम्पन्न सागर कहते हैं . bāp kō sarv śhaktimān vā sampann sāgar kahtē haĩ . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] sarv[adj.] śhaktimān[adj.] vā sampann[adj.] sāgar[n.m.;sg.,d.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . father to all almighty or full ocean say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
11When you make the inheritance given by the Father belong to you, do you have that much intoxication and happiness?
11लेकिन बच्चों ने उन प्राप्तियों को कहाँ तक अपना बनाया है ? lēkin bachchō̃ nē un prāptiyō̃ kō kahā̃ tak apnā banāyā hai ? lēkin bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] vah[pn.pl.o.] prāpti[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] kahā̃ tak[x] apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ? but child ∅ that attainment to to what extent (adopt[root]|one’s own) create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ?
12These are my treasures. 13They are given by the Father, but you have adopted them and made them your own.
12बाप का दिया हुआ वर्सा जब अपना बना लेते हैं तो जितना अपना बनाते हैं उतना नशा और खुशी रहती है-मेरा खज़ाना है . bāp kā diyā huā varsā jab apnā banā lētē haĩ tō jitnā apnā banātē haĩ utnā naśhā aur khuśhī rahtī hai-mērā khazānā hai . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] varsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] jab apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] banānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+lēnā] tō jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] banānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] aur khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] rahnā[pres-part.f.] x khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . father of give[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[past-part.m.sg.d.] inheritance when (adopt[root]|one’s own) create[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+lēnā] then the more (adopt[root]|one’s own) create[pres.pl.m.12hon3] x intoxication and happiness remain[pres-part.f.] x treasure be[pres.sg.23] .
14So, what did BapDada see? 15Or, have you become numberwise in making them your own? 16Baba has not created numbers, but the instilling according to your own capacity has made you numberwise.
13दिया बाप ने लेकिन अपने में धारण कर अपना बना लिया . diyā bāp nē lēkin apnē mē̃ dhāraṇ kar apnā banā liyā . dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] lēkin apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mē̃[postp.] dhāraṇ karnā[root] apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bannā[past-part.m.sg.d..past-part+lēnā]|banānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] . give[past-part.m.sg.d.] father ∅ but one’s own in adopt[root] (adopt[root]|one’s own) (become[past-part.m.sg.d..past-part+lēnā]|create[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā]) . 14तो क्या देखा ? tō kyā dēkhā ? tō kyā dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? then what see[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? 15कि अपना बनाने में नम्बरवार हो गये हैं . ki apnā banānē mē̃ number-vār hō gayē haĩ . ki[conj.] apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] number-wār hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . that (adopt[root]|one’s own) create[inf.m.pl.,o.] in numberwise be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .
17What are the signs of a soul who has all rights and is full with all attainments, who stays in the intoxication and experience of all attainments from amrit vela until night?
16बाप ने नम्बर नहीं बनाये हैं लेकिन अपने अपने धारणा की यथा शक्ति ने नम्बरवार बना दिया है . bāp nē number nahī̃ banāyē haĩ lēkin apnē apnē dhārṇā kī|key yathā śhakti nē number-vār banā diyā hai . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] number nahī̃[neg] banānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dhārṇā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key yathā śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nē[postp.] number-wār bannā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+dēnā]|banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] . father ∅ number not create[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] but one’s own one’s own dharna (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) according to Shakti ∅ numberwise (become[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+dēnā]|create[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+dēnā]) .
18The sign of attainments is contentment. 19Such souls are constantly a jewel of contentment and spread the sparkle and vibrations of contentment to others.
17सम्पूर्ण अधिकार वा सर्व प्राप्तियों से सम्पन्न आत्मा जो सदा अमृतवेले से रात तक प्राप्तियों के नशे वा अनुभव में रहती है , उनकी निशानी क्या होगी ? sampūrṇ adhikār vā sarv prāptiyō̃ sē sampann ātmā jō sadā amr̥itvēlē sē rāt tak prāptiyō̃ kē|K naśhē vā anubhav mē̃ rahtī hai , unkī niśhānī kyā hōgī ? sampūrṇ[adj.] adhikār[x] vā sarv[adj.] prāpti[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] sampann[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] jō[pn.;d.] sadā amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] rāt[n.f.;sg.] tak prāpti[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K naśhā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] vā anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[pres.sg.f.23] , vah[pn.pl.kī] niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kyā hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] ? complete right or all attainment from full soul that constantly amrit vela from night until attainment (of|K) intoxication or experience in remain[pres.sg.f.23] , that[.kī] sign what be[fut.f.sg.23] ?
20Their faces will constantly be satisfied (prasanchit). 21To be satisfied means to be free from all types of questions (prasanchit); there will not be any questions. 22Will there be any questions?
18प्राप्तियों की निशानी है सन्तुष्टता . prāptiyō̃ kī|key niśhānī hai santuṣhṭatā . prāpti[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] santuṣhṭatā[n.f.;sg.] . attainment (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) sign be[pres.sg.23] contentment .
23Why? 24What? 25How? 26All these questions have finished.
19वो सदा सन्तुष्टमणि बन दूसरों को भी सन्तुष्टता की झलक का वायब्रेशन फैलाते रहते हैं . vō sadā santuṣhṭamaṇi ban dūsrō̃ kō bhī santuṣhṭatā kī|key jhalak kā vibration phailātē rahtē haĩ . vah[pn.;d.] sadā santuṣhṭamaṇi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] dūsrā[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] santuṣhṭatā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key jhalaknā[root]|jhalak[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vibration phailānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . that constantly jewel of contentment (x|become[root]) other to too contentment (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) (sparkle[root]|x) of vibrations spread[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] .
27So, have you become satisfied to this extent or do you still have some questions sometimes? 28What is this? 29Why is this like that? 30How will this happen?
20उनका चेहरा सदा प्रसन्नचित्त दिखाई देगा . unkā chēhrā sadā prasannchitt dikhāī dēgā . vah[pn.pl.kā] chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] sadā prasannchitt[adj.] dikhāī dēnā[fut.m.sg.23] . that[.kā] face constantly happy be visible .
31When will it happen? 32Do you have these questions? 33Do any questions arise?
21प्रसन्नचित्त अर्थात् सर्व प्रश्नचित्त से न्यारा . prasannchitt arthāt sarv praśhnachitta sē nyārā . prasannchitt[adj.] arthāt sarv[adj.] praśhnachitt[adj.] sē[postp.] nyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . happy that is all having any questions in their hearts from unique .
34Whether in your own mind or through others? 35Are you the embodiment of satisfaction or the embodiment of questions?
22कोई प्रश्न नहीं होगा , प्रसन्न होगा . kōī praśhna nahī̃ hōgā , prasann hōgā . kōī[pn.;d.] praśhna[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] , prasann[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] . some question not be[fut.m.sg.23] , x be[fut.m.sg.23] . 23क्यों , क्या , कैसे-यह सब समाप्त . kyō̃ , kyā , kaisē-yah sab samāpt . kyō̃ , kyā , x sab[adj.] samāpt[adj.] . why , what , x all finished .
36Or, are you sometimes the embodiment of questions and sometimes the embodiment of satisfaction? 37What are you?
24तो ऐसे प्रसन्नचित्त बने हो ? tō aisē prasannchitt banē hō ? tō aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] prasannchitt[adj.] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] ? then such happy become[pres-perf.pl.m.2] ?
38You are laughing. 39You are not saying yes.
25कि अभी भी कभी कभी कोई प्रश्न उठता है कि ये क्या है , ये क्यों है , ये कैसे होगा , कब होगा ? ki abhī bhī kabhī kabhī kōī praśhna uṭhtā hai ki yē kyā hai , yē kyō̃ hai , yē kaisē hōgā , kab hōgā ? ki[conj.] ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] kabhī[adv.] kabhī[adv.] kōī[pn.;d.] praśhna[n.m.;sg.,d.] uṭhnā[pres.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] yah[pn.pl.d.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.pl.d.] kyō̃ hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.pl.d.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] , kab hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] ? that now too ever ever some question wake up[pres.sg.m.23] that this what be[pres.sg.23] , this why be[pres.sg.23] , this how be[fut.m.sg.23] , when be[fut.m.sg.23] ?
40Otherwise, all of you would say with great enthusiasm "yes, we are the embodiment of satisfaction". 41Sometimes you are this, and sometimes you are that!
26ये प्रश्न चाहे मन में , चाहे दूसरों से उठता है ? yē praśhna chāhē man mē̃ , chāhē dūsrō̃ sē uṭhtā hai ? yah[pn.pl.d.] praśhna[n.m.;sg.,d.] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] dūsrā[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] uṭhnā[pres.sg.m.23] ? this question (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) mind in , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) other from wake up[pres.sg.m.23] ?
42Achcha. 43Generally, it is remembered that nothing is lacking in the treasure store of Brahmins.
27प्रश्नचित्त हो या प्रसन्नचित्त हो ? praśhnachitta hō yā prasannchitt hō ? praśhnachitt[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] yā prasannchitt[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ? having any questions in their hearts (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) or happy (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?
44Whose praise is this? 45Which Brahmins does this praise belong to?
28या कभी प्रश्नचित्त , कभी प्रसन्नचित्त ? yā kabhī praśhnachitta , kabhī prasannchitt ? yā kabhī[adv.] praśhnachitt[adj.] , kabhī[adv.] prasannchitt[adj.] ? or ever having any questions in their hearts , ever happy ?
46Does it belong to you? 47Or of those who are yet to come?
29क्या है ? kyā hai ? kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? what be[pres.sg.23] ?
48You are this.
30वैसे गायन है-अप्राप्त नहीं कोई वस्तु ब्राह्मणों के खज़ाने में . vaisē gāyan hai-aprāpta nahī̃ kōī vastu brāhmaṇō̃ kē|K khazānē mē̃ . vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] gāyan[n.m.;sg.,d.] x nahī̃[neg] kōī[pn.;d.] vastu[n.f.;sg.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] . x x x not some thing Brahmin (of|K) treasure in .
49So, when there is a lack of attainment, then this lack of attainment is the reason for discontentment.
31ये किसका , किन ब्राह्मणों का गायन है ? yē kiskā , kin brāhmaṇō̃ kā gāyan hai ? yah[pn.pl.d.] kaun[pn.sg.kā] , kaun[pn.pl.o.]|kyā[pn.pl.o.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] gāyan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? this who[.kā] , (who|what) Brahmin of x be[pres.sg.23] ?
50Look at your own experience.
32आपका है या दूसरे आने वाले हैं ? āpkā hai yā dūsrē ānē vālē haĩ ? āp[pn.pl.kā] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yā dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? you[.kā] be[pres.sg.23] or other (come[inf.m.pl.,o.]|x) those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] ? 33आप ही हो ! āp hī hō ! āp[pn.pl.] hī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ! you only (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) !
51Whenever your mind is discontented, what is the reason for that?
34तो जब कोई अप्राप्ति होती है ना , अप्राप्ति असन्तुष्टता का कारण है . tō jab kōī aprāpti hōtī hai nā , aprāpti asantuṣhṭatā kā kāraṇ hai . tō jab kōī[pn.;d.] aprāpti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] nā , aprāpti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] asantuṣhṭatā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then when some lack of attainment be[pres.sg.f.23] ∅ , lack of attainment discontentment of because be[pres.sg.23] .
52It is because you feel the lack of something or other and only then do you feel discontentment.
35अपना अनुभव देखो-कभी भी मन असन्तुष्ट होता है तो कारण क्या होता है ? apnā anubhav dēkhō-kabhī bhī man asantuṣhṭ hōtā hai tō kāraṇ kyā hōtā hai ? apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] x bhī[p.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] asantuṣhṭ[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] tō kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] ? (adopt[root]|one’s own) experience x too mind discontent be[pres.sg.m.23] then because what be[pres.sg.m.23] ?
53So, there is the praise that nothing is lacking. 54So, is the praise of the present or of the time of destruction?
36कोई न कोई अप्राप्ति का अनुभव करते हो तब असन्तुष्टता होती है . kōī na kōī aprāpti kā anubhav kartē hō tab asantuṣhṭatā hōtī hai . kōī na kōī[x] aprāpti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] tab asantuṣhṭatā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] . one .. or another lack of attainment of experience do[pres.pl.m.2] for only then discontentment be[pres.sg.f.23] .
55Will you become complete at the time of destruction or are you going to become complete now?
37गायन तो है अप्राप्त नहीं कोई वस्तु . gāyan tō hai aprāpta nahī̃ kōī vastu . gāyan[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] aprāpt[adj.] nahī̃[neg] kōī[pn.;d.] vastu[n.f.;sg.] . x then be[pres.sg.23] unattained not some thing .
56Do you have to become this now or will you become this at some time?
38ये अब का गायन है या विनाश के समय का ? yē ab kā gāyan hai yā vināśh kē|K samay kā ? yah[pn.pl.d.] ab[adv.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] gāyan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yā vināśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ? this now of x be[pres.sg.23] or destruction (of|K) time of ?
57You have to become this now. 58Achcha.
39विनाश के समय सम्पन्न हो जायेंगे कि अभी होना है ? vināśh kē|K samay sampann hō jāyēṅgē ki abhī hōnā hai ? vināśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] sampann[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] ki[conj.] ab[adv.hī] hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ? destruction (of|K) time full be[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] that now be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ?
59Do you have to become or are you already this? 60What do the Pandavs say?
40जो समझते हैं कि हम सदा प्रसन्नचित्त रहते हैं , कभी भी किसी भी बात में , चाहे अपने सम्बन्ध में , चाहे दूसरों के सम्बन्ध में भी प्रश्न नहीं उठता , सदा सन्तुष्ट रहते हैं-ऐसी सन्तुष्ट आत्मायें कितनी होंगी ? jō samajhtē haĩ ki ham sadā prasannchitt rahtē haĩ , kabhī bhī kisī bhī bāt mē̃ , chāhē apnē sambandh mē̃ , chāhē dūsrō̃ kē|K sambandh mē̃ bhī praśhna nahī̃ uṭhtā , sadā santuṣhṭ rahtē haĩ-aisī santuṣhṭ ātmāyē̃ kitnī hōṅgī ? jō[pn.;d.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.] sadā prasannchitt[adj.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , kabhī[adv.] bhī[p.] kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] dūsrā[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] praśhna[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] uṭhnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , sadā santuṣhṭ[adj.] rahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x santuṣhṭ[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] ? that understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that we constantly happy remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , ever too (anything|some) too matter in , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) one’s own relationship in , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) other (of|K) relationship in too question not wake up[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , constantly content remain[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x content soul so be[fut.f.pl.12hon3] ?
61Do you have to become or are you already this? 62Are you constantly this? 63Or is there sometimes a little..? 64How many contented souls would there be of those who think that they constantly remain satisfied and that they do not have any questions about the self or others in any respect, and who are constantly contented?
41बहुत हैं ! bahut haĩ ! bahut hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ! very be[pres.pl.12hon3] !
65There are many!
42अच्छा , जो समझते हैं सदा प्रसन्न रहते हैं , चाहे माया कितना भी हिलाये , लेकिन हम नहीं हिलते , माया को हिला देते हैं , माया नमस्कार करती है , हम नहीं हिलते हैं , हम अंगद हैं , माया हार जाती लेकिन हम विजयी हैं , जो ऐसे हैं वो हाथ उठाओ , सदा शब्द याद रखना , कभी कभी वाले नहीं . achchhā , jō samajhtē haĩ sadā prasann rahtē haĩ , chāhē māyā kitnā bhī hilāyē , lēkin ham nahī̃ hiltē , māyā kō hilā dētē haĩ , māyā namaskār kartī hai , ham nahī̃ hiltē haĩ , ham aṅgad haĩ , māyā hār jātī lēkin ham vijayī haĩ , jō aisē haĩ vō hāth uṭhāō , sadā śhabda yād rakhnā , kabhī kabhī vālē nahī̃ . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , jō[pn.;d.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] sadā prasann[adj.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] māyā[n.f.;sg.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] hilānā[opt.sg.23] , lēkin ham[pn.pl.] nahī̃[neg] hilnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , māyā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] hilānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] , māyā[n.f.;sg.] namaskār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.sg.f.23] , ham[pn.pl.] nahī̃[neg] hilnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , ham[pn.pl.] aṅgad[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , māyā[n.f.;sg.] hār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hārnā[root] jānā[pres-part.f.] lēkin ham[pn.pl.] vijayī[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , jō[pn.;d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.;d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , sadā śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] yād rakhnā[x] , kabhī[adv.] kabhī[adv.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] . achcha , that understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] constantly x remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) Maya so too make fluctuate[opt.sg.23] , but we not x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , Maya to make fluctuate[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] , Maya x do[pres.sg.f.23] , we not x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , we Angad be[pres.pl.12hon3] , Maya (x|x[root]) go[pres-part.f.] but we victorious be[pres.pl.12hon3] , that such be[pres.pl.12hon3] that raise your hands , constantly word remember , ever ever those who not .
66Achcha. 67Those who think that they constantly remain satisfied, that no matter how much Maya makes them fluctuate, they will not fluctuate but will make Maya fluctuate, Maya may salute you but you will not fluctuate, that you are Angad, that Maya may be defeated but you are victorious, those who are like this, raise your hands! 68Always remember the word "constantly".
43बहुत थोड़े हैं , कोटो में कोई हैं ! bahut thōṛē haĩ , kōṭō mē̃ kōī haĩ ! bahut thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , kōṭ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ! very short be[pres.pl.12hon3] , x in some be[pres.pl.12hon3] !
69You are not those who are something only sometimes.
44क्वेश्चनमार्क उठता तो है ना . question mark uṭhtā tō hai nā . question mark uṭhnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . x wake up[pres-part.m.sg.d.] then be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
70There are very few of you.
45क्वेश्चनमार्क डिक्शनरी से निकल जाये . question mark dictionary sē nikal jāyē . question mark dictionary sē[postp.] nikalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . x x from be extracted[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .
71There are only a few out of multimillions.
46हलचल भी न हो . halchal bhī na hō . halchal[x] bhī[p.] na[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . upheaval too not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
72The teachers are this!
47कम्प्युटर चलाते हो तो उसमें आता है ना ? computer chalātē hō tō usmē̃ ātā hai nā ? computer chalānā[pres.pl.m.2] tō vah[pn.sg.mē̃] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] nā ? computer x[pres.pl.m.2] then that[.mē̃] come[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ ?
73However, there are question marks, are there not?
48तो आपके बुद्धि रूपी कम्प्युटर में सदा फुलस्टॉप की मात्रा आये . tō āpkē buddhi rūpī computer mē̃ sadā fullstop kī|key mātrā āyē . tō āp[pn.pl.kē] buddhi[n.f.;sg.] rūpī[adj.] computer mē̃[postp.] sadā full stop karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mātrā[n.f.;sg.] ānā[opt.sg.23]|ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . then you[.kē] intellect in the form of computer in constantly full stop (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) trace (come[opt.sg.23]|come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) .
74The question mark should be removed from your dictionary. 75There should not be any fluctuation.
49क्वेश्चन मार्क , आश्चर्य की मात्रा खत्म . question mark , āśhcharya kī mātrā khatm . question mark[x] , āśhcharya kī mātrā[x] ḵẖatm[adj.] . x , x finished .
76When you use the computer this comes up, does it not? (question marks?).
50इसको कहा जाता है सदा प्रसन्नचित्त . iskō kahā jātā hai sadā prasannchitt . yah[pn.sg.kō] kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] sadā prasannchitt[adj.] . this[.kō] (say[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|say[pres.sg.m.23.passive]) constantly happy .
77Whenever you use the computer of your intellect, it should be able to apply a full stop.
51ऐसा प्रसन्नचित्त औरों का भी क्वेश्चन मार्क खत्म कर देता है . aisā prasannchitt aurō̃ kā bhī question mark khatm kar dētā hai . aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] prasannchitt[adj.] aurō̃ kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] question mark[x] ḵẖatm[adj.] karnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] . such happy others of too x finished do[pres.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] .
78The sign of a question mark or an exclamation mark should finish. 79This is known as being constantly satisfied.
52नहीं तो स्वयं में अगर क्वेश्चन मार्क है तो कोई भी बात सुनेंगे , देखेंगे , कहेंगे-हाँ , ये तो होना नहीं चाहिये , लेकिन होता है , मैं भी समझती हूँ , होना नहीं चाहिये , मिक्स हो जायेंगे . nahī̃ tō svayã mē̃ agar question mark hai tō kōī bhī bāt sunē̃gē , dēkhē̃gē , kahēṅgē-hā̃ , yē tō hōnā nahī̃ chāhiyē , lēkin hōtā hai , maĩ bhī samajhtī hū̃ , hōnā nahī̃ chāhiyē , mix hō jāyēṅgē . nahī̃ tō[x] svayã mē̃[postp.] agar question mark[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō kōī bhī[x] bāt[n.f.;sg.] sunnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , x , yah[pn.pl.d.] tō hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] chāhiē , lēkin hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] , maĩ[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] samajhnā[pres.sg.f.1] , hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] chāhiē , mix hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . otherwise x in if x be[pres.sg.23] then anyone matter listen[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , x , this then be[inf.m.sg.d.] not should , but be[pres.sg.m.23] , I too understand[pres.sg.f.1] , be[inf.m.sg.d.] not should , x be[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .
80Those who are satisfied in this way finish the question marks of others. 81Otherwise, if there are question marks in the self, then whenever you hear or see something, you say, "This should not happen, but it does happen. 82I also think that this should not happen".
53उसके प्रश्न को और अण्डरलाइन कर देंगे . uskē praśhna kō aur underline kar dēgē . uskā[pn.sg.kē] praśhna[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] aur underline karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+dēnā] . of that[.kē] question to and underline do[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+dēnā] .
83You mix with others in this way. 84This makes you underline their questions.
54टेका तो दे दिया ना-कि हाँ , ये ठीक नहीं है लेकिन होता है … . ṭēkā tō dē diyā nā-ki hā̃ , yē ṭhīk nahī̃ hai lēkin hōtā hai … . ṭēknā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] x hā̃ , yah[pn.pl.d.] ṭhīk[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] … . bow[past-part.m.sg.d.] then give[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] x yes , this OK not be[pres.sg.23] but be[pres.sg.m.23] … .
85You have given them your support then, say, "This is not right, but it does happen".
55तो प्रसन्नचित्त उसको नहीं किया लेकिन और ही प्रश्न को बढ़ा लिया . tō prasannchitt uskō nahī̃ kiyā lēkin aur hī praśhna kō baṛhā liyā . tō prasannchitt[adj.] vah[pn.sg.kō] nahī̃[neg] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] lēkin aur hī[p.] praśhna[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] baṛhnā[past-part.m.sg.d..past-part+lēnā]|baṛhānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] . then happy that[.kō] not do[past-part.m.sg.d.] but and only question to (grow[past-part.m.sg.d..past-part+lēnā]|increase[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā]) .
86So, you did not make the other person satisfied, but in fact, you increased their questions.
56एडीशन हो गई . addition hō gaī . addition hōnā[past-part.f..root+jānā] . addition be[past-part.f..root+jānā] .
87You added to them.
57वैसे एक का क्वेश्चन था , अभी दो का हो गया , दो से चार का हो जायेगा . vaisē ēk kā question thā , abhī dō kā hō gayā , dō sē chār kā hō jāyēgā . vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ēk[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] question hōnā[past.m.sg] , ab[adv.hī] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] sē[postp.] chār[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . x one of question be[past.m.sg] , now (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) of be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) from four of be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .
88Infect, it was a question of only one person, and now it has become questions of two people, and from two, it will become questions of four people.
58तो प्रसन्नचित्त वायब्रेशन के बजाय प्रश्नचित्त का वायब्रेशन जल्दी फैलता है . tō prasannchitt vibration kē|K bajāy praśhnachitta kā vibration jaldī phailtā hai . tō prasannchitt[adj.] vibration kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bajāē praśhnachitt[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vibration jaldī phailnā[pres.sg.m.23] . then happy vibrations (of|K) x having any questions in their hearts of vibrations very quickly spread[pres.sg.m.23] .
89So, the vibrations of having questions spreads much more quickly than the vibrations of being satisfied.
59हाँ ! hā̃ ! hā̃ ! yes ! 60ऐसा है … साथ दे दिया . aisā hai … sāth dē diyā . aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] … sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] . such be[pres.sg.23] … with give[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] .
90You say, "Yes, it is like this...".
61आश्चर्य की मात्रा आ गई ना-हाँ ! āśhcharya kī mātrā ā gaī nā-hā̃ ! āśhcharya kī mātrā[x] ānā[past-part.f..root+jānā] x ! x come[past-part.f..root+jānā] x !
91So you give others your support in this way.
62तो फुलस्टॉप तो नहीं हुआ ना . tō fullstop tō nahī̃ huā nā . tō full stop tō nahī̃[neg] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nā . then full stop then not be[past-part.m.sg.d.] ∅ .
92You used the exclamation mark.
63चाहे अपने प्रति भी-ये मेरे से होना नहीं चाहिये , ये मेरे को मिलना चाहिये , ये दूसरे को नहीं होना चाहिये , तो ये चाहिये चाहिये प्रश्नचित्त बना देती है , प्रसन्नचित्त नहीं . chāhē apnē prati bhī-yē mērē sē hōnā nahī̃ chāhiyē , yē mērē kō milnā chāhiyē , yē dūsrē kō nahī̃ hōnā chāhiyē , tō yē chāhiyē chāhiyē praśhnachitta banā dētī hai , prasannchitt nahī̃ . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] prati x maĩ[pn.sg.kē] sē[postp.] hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] chāhiē , yah[pn.pl.d.] maĩ[pn.sg.kē] kō[postp.] milnā[.oblig3] , yah[pn.pl.d.] dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[.oblig3] , tō yah[pn.pl.d.] chāhiē chāhiē praśhnachitt[adj.] bannā[pres.sg.f.23.past-part+dēnā]|banānā[pres.sg.f.23.root+dēnā] , prasannchitt[adj.] nahī̃[neg] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) one’s own for x I[.kē] from be[inf.m.sg.d.] not should , this I[.kē] to receive[.oblig3] , this other to not be[.oblig3] , then this should should having any questions in their hearts (become[pres.sg.f.23.past-part+dēnā]|create[pres.sg.f.23.root+dēnā]) , happy not .
93So this is not a full stop. 94Whether for your own self, "I should not be doing this, I should receive this, others should not have this", this wanting makes you full of questions and doesn't allow you to be satisfied.
64तो सभी का लक्ष्य क्या है ? tō sabhī kā lakṣhya kyā hai ? tō sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lakṣhya[adj.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? then all of aim what be[pres.sg.23] ?
95So, what is everyone's aim?
65सन्तुष्ट , प्रसन्नचित्त . santuṣhṭ , prasannchitt . santuṣhṭ[adj.] , prasannchitt[adj.] . content , happy .
96To be contented and satisfied.
66जिसका प्रसन्नचित्त होता है उसके मन बुद्धि के व्यर्थ की गति फास्ट नहीं होगी . jiskā prasannchitt hōtā hai uskē man buddhi kē|K vyarth kī|key gati fast nahī̃ hōgī . jō[pn.sg.kā] prasannchitt[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] uskā[pn.sg.kē] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] buddhi[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key gati[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] fast nahī̃[neg] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] . that[.kā] happy be[pres.sg.m.23] of that[.kē] mind intellect (of|K) wasteful (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) speed fast not be[fut.f.sg.23] .
97The speed of wastage in the mind and intellect of those who are satisfied will not be fast.
67सदा निर्मल , निर्मान . sadā nirmal , nirmān . sadā nirmal[adj.] , nirmān[adj.] . constantly x , humble .
98They will constantly be gentle and humble.
68निर्मान होने के कारण सभी को अपने प्रसन्नचित्त की छाया में शीतलता देंगे . nirmān hōnē kē|K kāraṇ sabhī kō apnē prasannchitt kī|key chhāyā mē̃ śhītaltā dēgē . nirmān[adj.] hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] prasannchitt[adj.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key chhāyā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] śhītaltā[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . humble be[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) because all to one’s own happy (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) shadow in x give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
99Because of being humble, they will constantly give everyone the coolness of the shadow of being the embodiment of satisfaction.
69कैसा भी आग समान जला हुआ , बहुत गरम दिमाग का हो लेकिन प्रसन्नचित्त के वायब्रेशन की छाया में शीतल हो जायेगा . kaisā bhī āg samān jalā huā , bahut garam dimāg kā hō lēkin prasannchitt kē|K vibration kī|key chhāyā mē̃ śhītal hō jāyēgā . kaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] āg[n.f.;sg.] samān[adj.] jalnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jalānā[root] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , bahut garm[adj.] dimāg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] lēkin prasannchitt[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K vibration karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key chhāyā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] śhītal[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . how too fire equal (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|burn[root]) be[past-part.m.sg.d.] , very x head of (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) but happy (of|K) vibrations (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) shadow in cool be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .
100No matter how much they are burning like a fire or how hot someone's temper maybe, under the vibrations of this shadow, they will become cool.
70कमज़ोरी क्या आती है ? kamzōrī kyā ātī hai ? kamjōrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kyā ānā[pres.sg.f.23] ? weakness what come[pres.sg.f.23] ?
101What is the weakness that comes up?
71वैसे ठीक चलते हो , अपने रीति से अच्छे चलते हो लेकिन जब सम्बन्ध सम्पर्क में आते हो तो दूसरे की कमज़ोरी देखते सुनते , वर्णन करते प्रभाव में आ जाते हो . vaisē ṭhīk chaltē hō , apnē rīti sē achchhē chaltē hō lēkin jab sambandh samparka mē̃ ātē hō tō dūsrē kī|key kamzōrī dēkhtē suntē , varṇan kartē prabhāv mē̃ ā jātē hō . vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ṭhīk[adj.] chalnā[pres.pl.m.2] , apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rīti[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chalnā[pres.pl.m.2] lēkin jab sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.pl.m.2] tō dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key kamjōrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēkhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] sunnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , varṇan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] . x OK continue[pres.pl.m.2] , one’s own way from achcha continue[pres.pl.m.2] but when relationship x in come[pres.pl.m.2] then other (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) weakness see[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] listen[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , x do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x in come[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] .
102Generally, you move along very well. 103In your own way, you move along very well, but when you come into relationship and connection with others, then whilst seeing and hearing of the weaknesses of others, you come into their influence.
72फिर कहते हो कि इसने किया ना , इसीलिये मेरे से भी हो गया . phir kahtē hō ki isnē kiyā nā , isīliyē mērē sē bhī hō gayā . phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.nē] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nā , isliē maĩ[pn.sg.kē] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . (turn[root]|then) say[pres.pl.m.2] that this[.nē] do[past-part.m.sg.d.] ∅ , therefore I[.kē] from too be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] .
104Then, what do you say? 105"This one did this and this is why I also did it.
73इसने कहा , तभी मैंने कहा . isnē kahā , tabhī mainnē kahā . yah[pn.sg.nē] kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , tabhī maĩ[pn.sg.nē] kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . this[.nē] say[past-part.m.sg.d.] , x I[.nē] say[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
106This one said this and so I also said this."
74उसने 50 बारी कहा , मैंने एक बारी कहा . usnē 50 bārī kahā , mainnē ēk bārī kahā . vah[pn.sg.nē] 50 bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , maĩ[pn.sg.nē] ēk[adj.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . that[.nē] 50 x say[past-part.m.sg.d.] , I[.nē] one x say[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
107That one said something fifty times and I said something only once.
75फिर बाप के आगे भी बहुत मीठी मीठी बातें रखते हैं , कहते हैं-बाबा आप समझो ना इतना सहन कहाँ तक करेंगे ! phir bāp kē āgē bhī bahut mīṭhī mīṭhī bātē̃ rakhtē haĩ , kahtē haĩ-bābā āp samjhō nā itnā sahan kahā̃ tak karē̃gē ! phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē āgē[x] bhī[p.] bahut mīṭhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] mīṭhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] rakhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , kahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x āp[pn.pl.] samajhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] nā itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sahan[adj.] kahā̃ tak[x] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ! (turn[root]|then) father in front of too very sweet sweet matter keep[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , say[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x you understand[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ∅ such tolerance to what extent do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] !
108Then you put forward very sweet words in front of the Father. 109You say: Baba, at least you should understand a little! 110To what extent am I going to tolerate all this?
76फिर भी पुरूषार्थी हैं ना , तो थोड़ा तो आयेगा ना ! phir bhī purūṣhārthī haĩ nā , tō thōṛā tō āyēgā nā ! phir bhī[x] purūṣhārthī[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā , tō thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tō ānā[fut.m.sg.23] nā ! nevertheless effort-maker be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ , then short then come[fut.m.sg.23] ∅ !
111You are still effort makers and so you will feel a little, will you not?
77बाप को भी समझाने लगते हैं . bāp kō bhī samjhānē lagtē haĩ . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] samjhānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.inf+lagnā] . father to too explain[pres.pl.m.12hon3.inf+lagnā] .
112You begin to explain to Baba in this way.
78यहाँ जो निमित्त हैं उन्हों वो बहुत कथायें सुनाते हैं . yahā̃ jō nimitt haĩ unhō̃ vō bahut kathāyē̃ sunātē haĩ . yahā̃ jō[pn.;d.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.o.] vah[pn.;d.] bahut kathā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] sunānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . here that instrument be[pres.pl.12hon3] that that very story speak[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
113You tell many stories to those who are instruments here. 114You relate these, do you not?
79ऐसा था ना , ऐसा था ना , ऐसा था ना … ऐसे ऐसे की माला जपते हैं . aisā thā nā , aisā thā nā , aisā thā nā … aisē aisē kī|key mālā japtē haĩ . aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[past.m.sg] nā , aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[past.m.sg] nā , aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[past.m.sg] nā … aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mālā[n.f.;sg.] japnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . such be[past.m.sg] ∅ , such be[past.m.sg] ∅ , such be[past.m.sg] ∅ … such such (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) garland x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
115It was like this, it was like that...You turn the rosary of "it was like this".
80बापदादा सदा ही इशारा देते हैं कि ऐसी बातें दो अक्षर में वर्णन करो . bāpdādā sadā hī iśhārā dētē haĩ ki aisī bātē̃ dō akṣhar mē̃ varṇan karō . bāpdādā sadā hī[p.] iśhārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] akṣhar[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] varṇan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . BapDada constantly only signal give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that such matter (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) word in x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 81लम्बा वर्णन नहीं करो . lambā varṇan nahī̃ karō . lambā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] varṇan[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x x not do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 82क्योंकि ये व्यर्थ बातें बहुत चटपटी होती हैं . kyōṅki yē vyarth bātē̃ bahut chaṭpaṭī hōtī haĩ . kyōṅki yah[pn.pl.d.] vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bahut chaṭpaṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] . because this wasteful matter very spicy be[pres.pl.f.12hon3] . 83मजेदार लगती हैं , जैसे खाने में भी खट्टी मीठीचीज़ हो तो अच्छी लगेगी ना , और फीकी , सादी हो तो कहेंगे ये तो खाते ही रहते हैं . majēdār lagtī haĩ , jaisē khānē mē̃ bhī khaṭṭī mīṭhīcīz hō tō achchhī lagēgī nā , aur phīkī , sādī hō tō kahē̃gē yē tō khātē hī rahtē haĩ . x lagnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] , jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] khānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|khānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] khaṭṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] x hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] lagnā[fut.f.sg.23] nā , aur x , x hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] tō kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] yah[pn.pl.d.] tō khānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]|khātā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hī[p.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . x x[pres.pl.f.12hon3] , like (eat[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|eat[inf.m.pl.,o.]) in too sour x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) then achcha x[fut.f.sg.23] ∅ , and x , x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) then say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] this then (eat[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]|account) only remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
116BapDada constantly gives the signal that you have to speak of such things briefly in just a few words, and not long explanations, because the wasteful things are very delicious, they are very entertaining, just as in food also, you like sweet and sour food very much, and if it is bland, if it is simple, you say," We eat this all the time anyway."
84तो व्यर्थ बातें , व्यर्थ चिन्तन सुनना , बोलना और करना इसमें चलते चलते इन्ट्रेस्ट बढ़ जाता है . tō vyarth bātē̃ , vyarth chintan sunnā , bōlnā aur karnā ismē̃ chaltē chaltē interest baṛh jātā hai . tō vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] , vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] chintan[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , bōlnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.mē̃] chalnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] chalnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] interest baṛhnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . then wasteful matter , wasteful churning listen[inf.m.sg.d.] , speak[inf.m.sg.d.] and do[inf.m.sg.d.] this[.mē̃] continue[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] continue[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] interest grow[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
117So whilst moving along, your interest in listening, speaking and doing wasteful things increases.
85फिर सोचते हैं-मैं तो नहीं चाहती थी लेकिन उसने सुनाया ना तो मैंने कहा कि अच्छा उसका सुन लें , दिल खाली कर दें . phir sōchtē haĩ-maĩ tō nahī̃ chāhtī thī lēkin usnē sunāyā nā tō mainnē kahā ki achchhā uskā sun lē̃ , dil khālī kar dē̃ . phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] sōchnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x tō nahī̃[neg] chāhnā[hab-past.f.] lēkin vah[pn.sg.nē] sunānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nā tō maĩ[pn.sg.nē] kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vah[pn.sg.kā] sunnā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+lēnā] , dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] khālī[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+dēnā] . (turn[root]|then) think[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x then not x[hab-past.f.] but that[.nē] speak[past-part.m.sg.d.] ∅ then I[.nē] say[past-part.m.sg.d.] that achcha that[.kā] listen[opt.pl.12hon3.root+lēnā] , heart empty do[opt.pl.12hon3.root+dēnā] .
118And then you think: I did not want to, but that one wanted to tell me, so I said, okay, let me listen to them so that their heart becomes empty.
86उसकी तो दिल खाली हुई और अपना दिल भर लिया . uskī tō dil khālī huī aur apnā dil bhar liyā . vah[pn.sg.kī] tō dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] khālī[adj.] hōnā[past-part.f.] aur apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] bharnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] . that[.kī] then heart empty be[past-part.f.] and (adopt[root]|one’s own) heart fill[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] .
119That one's heart became empty, but you filled your heart.
87वो थोड़ा थोड़ा दिल में भरते भरते फिर संस्कार बन जाता है और जब संस्कार बन जाता है तो महसूस ही नहीं होता कि ये राँग है . vō thōṛā thōṛā dil mē̃ bhartē bhartē phir saṅskār ban jātā hai aur jab saṅskār ban jātā hai tō mahsūs hī nahī̃ hōtā ki yē wrong hai . vah[pn.;d.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bharnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bharnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] saṅskār[x] bannā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] aur jab saṅskār[x] bannā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] tō mahsūs[adj.] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] yah[pn.pl.d.] wrong hōnā[pres.sg.23] . that short short heart in fill[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] fill[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] (turn[root]|then) sanskar become[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] and when sanskar become[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] then experienced only not be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] that this x be[pres.sg.23] .
120Whilst filling your heart with a little again and again, you create a sanskar. 121And when you have this sanskar, you don't even realise that this is wrong.
88ये व्यर्थ संस्कार बुद्धि के निर्णय को खत्म कर देता है . yē vyarth saṅskār buddhi kē|K nirṇay kō khatm kar dētā hai . yah[pn.pl.d.] vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅskār[x] buddhi[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K nirṇay[x] kō[postp.] ḵẖatm[adj.] karnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] . this wasteful sanskar intellect (of|K) discernment to finished do[pres.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] .
122This wasteful sanskar finishes the decision power of the intellect.
89इसलिये सबसे सहज सदा सन्तुष्ट रहने की विधि है-सदा अपने सामने कोई न कोई विशेष प्राप्ति को रखो . isliyē sabsē sahaj sadā santuṣhṭ rahnē kī|key vidhi hai-sadā apnē sāmnē kōī na kōī viśhēṣh prāpti kō rakhō . isliē sabsē sahaj[adj.] sadā santuṣhṭ[adj.] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] x apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sāmnē kōī na kōī[x] viśhēṣh[adj.] prāpti[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . therefore the most easy constantly content remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) method x one’s own x one .. or another special attainment to keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 90क्योंकि प्राप्ति भूलती नहीं है . kyōṅki prāpti bhūltī nahī̃ hai . kyōṅki prāpti[n.f.;sg.] bhūlnā[pres-part.f.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . because attainment forget[pres-part.f.] not be[pres.sg.23] .
123This is why the easiest method of constantly remaining content is to constantly keep one special attainment or other in front of you, because you never forget any attainments.
91ज्ञान की पॉइन्ट्स भूल सकती हैं लेकिन कोई भी प्राप्ति भूलती नहीं है . gyān kī|key points bhūl saktī haĩ lēkin kōī bhī prāpti bhūltī nahī̃ hai . gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key point bhūlnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+saknā] lēkin kōī bhī[x] prāpti[n.f.;sg.] bhūlnā[pres-part.f.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . knowledge (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) point forget[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+saknā] but anyone attainment forget[pres-part.f.] not be[pres.sg.23] .
124You may forget points of knowledge, but no one can ever forget an attainment. 125What have you received from the Father?
92बाप से क्या क्या मिला , कितना मिला है , वेरायटी पसन्द आती है ना ! bāp sē kyā kyā milā , kitnā milā hai , variety pasand ātī hai nā ! bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] kyā kyā milānā[root]|milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , variety pasand[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.f.23] nā ! father from what what (x[root]|receive[past-part.m.sg.d.]) , so receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , variety love come[pres.sg.f.23] ∅ !
126How much have you received from the Father? 127You like a variety, do you not?
93एक जैसा पसन्द नहीं होता . ēk jaisā pasand nahī̃ hōtā . ēk[adj.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pasand[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . one like love not be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
128You do not like the same thing all the time.
94तो आप अपने प्राप्तियों को देखो-ज्ञान के खज़ाने की प्राप्ति कितनी है , योग से शक्तियों की प्राप्ति कितनी है , दिव्यगुणों की प्राप्तियाँ कितनी हैं , प्रैक्टिकल नशे में , खुशी में रहने की प्राप्तियाँ कितनी हैं ? tō āp apnē prāptiyō̃ kō dēkhō-jñān kē|K khazānē kī|key prāpti kitnī hai , yōg sē śhaktiyō̃ kī|key prāpti kitnī hai , divyaguṇō̃ kī|key prāptiyā̃ kitnī haĩ , practical naśhē mē̃ , khuśhī mē̃ rahnē kī|key prāptiyā̃ kitnī haĩ ? tō āp[pn.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] prāpti[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] x kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key prāpti[n.f.;sg.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key prāpti[n.f.;sg.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , divyaguṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key prāpti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , practical naśhā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] , khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key prāpti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? then you one’s own attainment to x (of|K) treasure (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) attainment so be[pres.sg.23] , yoga from Shakti (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) attainment so be[pres.sg.23] , divine virtue (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) attainment so be[pres.pl.12hon3] , practical intoxication in , happiness in remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) attainment so be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
129So, look at your attainments: how much attainment do you have of the treasures of knowledge? 130How many powers have you attained through yoga? 131How many attainments of the divine virtues do you have? 132How many attainments do you have of practically maintaining that intoxication and happiness.
95बहुत लिस्ट है ना ! bahut list hai nā ! bahut list hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! very list be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
133It is a long list, is it not?
96पहले भी सुनाया था कि कभी कोई , कभी कोई गुण की प्राप्ति को सामने रखते हुए सन्तुष्ट रहो . pahlē bhī sunāyā thā ki kabhī kōī , kabhī kōī guṇ kī|key prāpti kō sāmnē rakhtē huē santuṣhṭ rahō . pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bhī[p.] sunānā[past-perf.m.sg.] ki[conj.] kabhī[adv.] kōī[pn.;d.] , kabhī[adv.] kōī[pn.;d.] guṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key prāpti[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] sāmnē rakhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] santuṣhṭ[adj.] rahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . (x|firstly) too speak[past-perf.m.sg.] that ever some , ever some virtue (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) attainment to x keep[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] content remain[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
134You were told earlier also, that you have to remain content by keeping the attainment of anyone virtue in front of you.
97क्योंकि एक गुण भी अपनाया तो जैसे विकारों का आपस में बहुत गहरा सम्बन्ध है , अगर बाहर के रूप में इमर्ज रीति से क्रोध है लेकिन आन्तरिक चेक करो तो क्रोध के साथ लोभ , अहंकार होता ही है . kyōṅki ēk guṇ bhī apnāyā tō jaisē vikārō̃ kā āpas mē̃ bahut gahrā sambandh hai , agar bāhar kē|K rūp mē̃ emerge rīti sē krōdh hai lēkin āntarik check karō tō krōdh kē sāth lōbh , ahaṅkār hōtā hī hai . kyōṅki ēk[adj.] guṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] apnānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vikār[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] āpas mē̃[x] bahut gahrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , agar bāhar kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] emerge rīti[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] krōdh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin āntarik[adj.] check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō krōdh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē sāth[x] lōbh[n.m.;sg.,d.] , ahaṅkār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . because one virtue too adopt[past-part.m.sg.d.] then like vice of with each other very deep relationship be[pres.sg.23] , if outside (of|K) Rup in emerge way from anger be[pres.sg.23] but internal check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then anger with greed , arrogance be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] . 98ये सब आपस में साथी हैं . yē sab āpas mē̃ sāthī haĩ . yah[pn.pl.d.] sab[adj.] āpas mē̃[x] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . this all with each other companion be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
135Because when you adopt even one virtue, just as the vices have a very deep relationship with one another, if externally you have anger then, together with anger, if you check internally, there will also be greed and ego within.
99कोई इमर्ज रूप में होते हैं , कोई मर्ज रूप में होते हैं . kōī emerge rūp mē̃ hōtē haĩ , kōī merge rūp mē̃ hōtē haĩ . kōī[pn.;d.] emerge rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , kōī[pn.;d.] merge rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . some emerge Rup in be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , some merge Rup in be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
136Some are in an emerged form and some are in a merged form.
100तो गुण भी जो हैं उन्हों का भी आपस में सम्बन्ध है . tō guṇ bhī jō haĩ unhō̃ kā bhī āpas mē̃ sambandh hai . tō guṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] jō[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] āpas mē̃[x] sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then virtue too that be[pres.pl.12hon3] that of too with each other relationship be[pres.sg.23] .
137So, too, virtues have a connection with one another.
101इमर्ज एक गुण को रखो लेकिन दूसरे गुण भी उनके साथ ही मर्ज रूप में होते हैं . emerge ēk guṇ kō rakhō lēkin dūsrē guṇ bhī unkē sāth hī merge rūp mē̃ hōtē haĩ . emerge ēk[adj.] guṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] lēkin dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] guṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] vah[pn.pl.kē] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] merge rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . emerge one virtue to keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] but other virtue too that[.kē] with only merge Rup in be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
138You may keep one virtue in an emerged form, but other virtues would also be merged with that one.
102तो रोज कोई न कोई प्राप्ति स्वरूप का अनुभव अवश्य करो . tō rōj kōī na kōī prāpti svarūp kā anubhav avaśhya karō . tō rōz kōī na kōī[x] prāpti[n.f.;sg.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] avaśhya karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then day one .. or another attainment form of experience x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
139So every day, definitely have the experience of being the embodiment of one or other attainment.
103अगर प्राप्ति इमर्ज रूप में होगी तो प्राप्ति के आगे अप्राप्ति खत्म हो जायेगी और सदा सन्तुष्ट रहेंगे . agar prāpti emerge rūp mē̃ hōgī tō prāpti kē āgē aprāpti khatm hō jāyēgī aur sadā santuṣhṭ rahē̃gē . agar prāpti[n.f.;sg.] emerge rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] tō prāpti[n.f.;sg.] kē āgē[x] aprāpti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ḵẖatm[adj.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] aur sadā santuṣhṭ[adj.] rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . if attainment emerge Rup in be[fut.f.sg.23] then attainment in front of lack of attainment finished be[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] and constantly content remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
140If the attainment is in an emerged form, then all lack of attainment will be finished and you will constantly remain content.
104वैसे भी देखो , दुनिया में भी मुख्य प्राप्ति सभी क्या चाहते हैं ? vaisē bhī dēkhō , duniyā mē̃ bhī mukhya prāpti sabhī kyā chāhtē haĩ ? vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , duniyā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] mukhya[adj.] prāpti[n.f.;sg.] sab[adv.hī] kyā chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? x too see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , world in too main attainment all what x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
141In fact, in the world also, what is the main attainment that everyone wants?
105हर एक चाहता है कि अपना नाम अच्छा हो , दूसरा मान और तीसरा शान . har ēk chāhtā hai ki apnā nām achchhā hō , dūsrā mān aur tīsrā śhān . har ēk[x] chāhnā[pres.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mānnā[root]|mān[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur tīsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] śhān[n.f.;sg.] . each one x[pres.sg.m.23] that (adopt[root]|one’s own) name achcha (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , other (x[root]|respect) and third honour .
1421. Each one has the desire to attain a good name for the self. 1432. Regard.
106नाम मान शान-ये प्राप्त करना चाहते हैं . nām mān śān-yē prāpt karnā chāhtē haĩ . nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] mānnā[root]|mān[n.m.;sg.,d.] x prāpt karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.inf+cāhnā] . name (x[root]|respect) x reach .
1443. Honour. 145They wish to attain name, regard and honour.
107आप भी क्या चाहते हो ? āp bhī kyā chāhtē hō ? āp[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] kyā chāhnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? you too what x[pres.pl.m.2] ?
146What do you wish?
108आप भी तो यही चाहते हो ना ! āp bhī tō yahī chāhtē hō nā ! āp[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] tō yahī[pn.;d.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā ! you too then this x[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ !
147You also want this, do you not?
109हद का नहीं , बेहद का . had kā nahī̃ , bēhad kā . had[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] , bēhad kā[x] . x of not , unlimited .
148Not of the limited, but of the unlimited.
110तो दुनिया वाले तो हद के नाम के पिछाड़ी दौड़ते हैं और आपका नाम विश्व में जितना ऊंचा है उतना और किसका है ? tō duniyā vālē tō had kē|K nām kē|K pichhāṛī dauṛtē haĩ aur āpkā nām viśhva mē̃ jitnā ūñchā hai utnā aur kiskā hai ? tō duniyā[n.f.;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō had[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pichhāṛī dauṛnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aur āp[pn.pl.kā] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ūñch[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] aur kaun[pn.sg.kā] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? then world those who then x (of|K) name (of|K) end x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] and you[.kā] name world in the more elevated be[pres.sg.23] x and who[.kā] be[pres.sg.23] ?
149People of the world chase after a limited name. 150And look at your own name: does anyone else in the world have such an elevated name as yours?
111तो आप अपने नाम को देखो . tō āp apnē nām kō dēkhō . tō āp[pn.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then you one’s own name to see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
151Yes or no? 152So look at your own name.
112सबसे नाम की विशेषता ये है कि आपका नाम कौन जपता है ? sabsē nām kī|key viśhēṣhtā yē hai ki āpkā nām kaun japtā hai ? sabsē nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] yah[pn.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] āp[pn.pl.kā] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] kaun[pn.;d.] japnā[pres.sg.m.23] ? the most name (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) speciality this be[pres.sg.23] that you[.kā] name who x[pres.sg.m.23] ?
153The main speciality of your name is as to who is chanting your name.
113स्वयं भगवान आपका नाम जपता है ! svayã bhagvān āpkā nām japtā hai ! svayã bhagvān[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.kā] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] japnā[pres.sg.m.23] ! x God you[.kā] name x[pres.sg.m.23] !
154God Himself is chanting your name.
114तो इससे बड़ा नाम क्या होगा ! tō issē baṛā nām kyā hōgā ! tō yah[pn.sg.sē] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] ! then this[.sē] very name what be[fut.m.sg.23] !
155So what could be a greater name than this?
115आपके नाम से अभी लास्ट जन्म में भी अनेक आत्मायें अपना शरीर निर्वाह चला रही हैं . āpkē nām sē abhī last janm mē̃ bhī anēk ātmāyē̃ apnā śharīr nirvāh chalā rahī haĩ . āp[pn.pl.kē] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] ab[adv.hī] last janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] anēk[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] nirvāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalānā[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] . you[.kē] name from now last (life|be born[root]) in too many soul (adopt[root]|one’s own) body livelihood x[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] .
156Even now in your last birth, many souls are creating their livelihood with your name. 157You are Brahmins, are you not?
116आप ब्राह्मण हो ना , तो ब्राह्मणों के नाम से आज भी नामधारी ब्राह्मण कितना कमा रहे हैं ! āp brāhmaṇ hō nā , tō brāhmaṇō̃ kē|K nām sē āj bhī nāmdhārī brāhmaṇ kitnā kamā rahē haĩ ! āp[pn.pl.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā , tō brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] āj bhī[p.] nāmdhārī[adj.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kamānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ! you Brahmin (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ , then Brahmin (of|K) name from today too x Brahmin so earn[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] !
158So, even by the name of "Brahmins", those who are brahmins in name only are also earning so much even today.
117अभी तक नामधारी ब्राह्मण भी कितना ऊंचे गाये जाते हैं ! abhī tak nāmdhārī brāhmaṇ bhī kitnā ūñchē gāyē jātē haĩ ! ab[adv.hī] tak nāmdhārī[adj.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ūñch[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] gānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.past-part+jānā]|gānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.passive] ! now until x Brahmin too so elevated (sing[pres.pl.m.12hon3.past-part+jānā]|sing[pres.pl.m.12hon3.passive]) !
159Even now, those who are brahmins in name only are considered to be so elevated.
118तो आपके नाम की कितनी महिमा है ! tō āpkē nām kī|key kitnī mahimā hai ! tō āp[pn.pl.kē] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] mahimā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ! then you[.kē] name (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) so praise be[pres.sg.23] !
160So, "Brahmin" is your name, is it not?
119इतना श्रेष्ठ नाम आपका हो गया , इसीलिये हद के नाम के पीछे नहीं जाओ . itnā śhrēṣhṭh nām āpkā hō gayā , isīliyē had kē|K nām kē pīchhē nahī̃ jāō . itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.kā] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , isliē had[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē pīchhē[x] nahī̃[neg] jānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . such elevated name you[.kā] be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , therefore x (of|K) name x not go[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
161Or is it their name? 162It is your name. 163There is so much praise for your name.
120मेरा नाम तो कभी किसी में लेते ही नहीं हैं , मेरा नाम सदा पीछे ही रहता है , सेवा मैं करती हूँ नाम दूसरे का हो जाता है … , तो हद के नाम के पीछे नहीं जाओ . mērā nām tō kabhī kisī mē̃ lētē hī nahī̃ haĩ , mērā nām sadā pīchhē hī rahtā hai , sēvā maĩ kartī hū̃ nām dūsrē kā hō jātā hai … , tō had kē|K nām kē pīchhē nahī̃ jāō . maĩ[pn.sg.kā] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō kabhī[adv.] kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] mē̃[postp.] lēnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , maĩ[pn.sg.kā] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] sadā pīchhē hī[p.] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] , sēvā[n.f.;sg.] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] karnā[pres.sg.f.1] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] … , tō had[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē pīchhē[x] nahī̃[neg] jānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . I[.kā] name then ever (anything|some) in take[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] only not be[pres.pl.12hon3] , I[.kā] name constantly x only remain[pres.sg.m.23] , service I do[pres.sg.f.1] name other of be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] … , then x (of|K) name x not go[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
164Your name has become so elevated and this is why you do not chase after a limited name. 165"No one ever mentions my name for anything. 166My name is always last. 167I am the one who does all the service and the names of others are mentioned."
121बाप के दिल में आपका नाम सदा ही श्रेष्ठ है . bāp kē|K dil mē̃ āpkā nām sadā hī śhrēṣhṭh hai . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] āp[pn.pl.kā] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] sadā hī[p.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . father (of|K) heart in you[.kā] name constantly only elevated be[pres.sg.23] .
168So, do not chase after a limited name.
122जब बाप के दिल में नाम हो गया तो कोई सेवा में या कोई प्रोग्राम में या कोई भी बातों में आपका नाम नहीं भी आया तो क्या हर्जा , बाप के पास तो है ना ! jab bāp kē|K dil mē̃ nām hō gayā tō kōī sēvā mē̃ yā kōī programme mē̃ yā kōī bhī bātō̃ mē̃ āpkā nām nahī̃ bhī āyā tō kyā harjā , bāp kē pās tō hai nā ! jab bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] tō kōī[pn.;d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] yā kōī[pn.;d.] programme mē̃[postp.] yā kōī bhī[x] bāt[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] āp[pn.pl.kā] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] bhī[p.] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō kyā harzā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē pās[x] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! when father (of|K) heart in name be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] then some service in or some programme in or anyone matter in you[.kā] name not too come[past-part.m.sg.d.] then what x , father to then be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
169Your name is constantly elevated in Baba's heart. 170Since your name is in Baba's heart, what does it matter if your name is not mentioned in any service or any programme or anything?
123जैसे भक्ति मार्ग में हनुमान का चित्र दिखाते हैं ना तो उसके दिल में क्या था ? jaisē bhakti mārg mē̃ hanumān kā chitra dikhātē haĩ nā tō uskē dil mē̃ kyā thā ? jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhakti mārg[x] mē̃[postp.] hanūmān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chitra[n.m.;sg.,d.] dikhānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā tō uskā[pn.sg.kē] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kyā hōnā[past.m.sg] ? like path of devotion in x of picture x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ then of that[.kē] heart in what be[past.m.sg] ?
171It is in Baba's heart. 172On the path of bhakti, they show the image of Hanuman: who did he have in his heart?
124राम था . rām thā . rām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[past.m.sg] . Rama be[past.m.sg] .
173He had Rama.
125और बाप के दिल में क्या है ? aur bāp kē|K dil mē̃ kyā hai ? aur bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? and father (of|K) heart in what be[pres.sg.23] ?
174And what is in Baba's heart? 175(The children.)
126 ( बच्चे ) तो बच्चों में आप हो या नहीं हो ? ( bachchē ) tō bachchō̃ mē̃ āp hō yā nahī̃ hō ? ( bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] ) tō bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] āp[pn.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] yā nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ? ( child ) then child in you (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) or not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?
176So, are you amongst the children or not? 177Are all of you included?
127तो सभी का नाम है ! tō sabhī kā nām hai ! tō sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ! then all of name be[pres.sg.23] ! 128देखा है , पक्का ? dēkhā hai , pakkā ? dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ? see[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , firm ?
178Achcha, are those who are translating also amongst then?
129कभी मिस हो गया हो तो ! kabhī miss hō gayā hō tō ! kabhī[adv.] miss hōnā[x.root+jānā] tō ! ever miss be[x.root+jānā] then !
179They are serving you. 180(Translators).
130आप सभी का नाम है ! āp sabhī kā nām hai ! āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ! you all of name be[pres.sg.23] !
181Achcha, so everyone's name is mentioned.
131तो और नाम के पीछे क्यों पड़ते हो ? tō aur nām kē pīchhē kyō̃ paṛtē hō ? tō aur nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē pīchhē[x] kyō̃ paṛnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? then and name x why fall[pres.pl.m.2] ?
182Have you really seen it? 183What if it is sometimes missed out?
132क्योंकि मैजारिटी यही नाम मान शान गिराता भी है और यही नाम मान शान नशा भी चढ़ाता है . kyōṅki majority yahī nām mān śhān girātā bhī hai aur yahī nām mān śhān naśhā bhī chaṛhātā hai . kyōṅki majority yahī[pn.;d.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] mānnā[root]|mān[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhān[n.f.;sg.] girānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur yahī[pn.;d.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] mānnā[root]|mān[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhān[n.f.;sg.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bhī[p.] chaṛhānā[pres.sg.m.23] . because majority this name (x[root]|respect) honour x[pres-part.m.sg.d.] too be[pres.sg.23] and this name (x[root]|respect) honour intoxication too x[pres.sg.m.23] . 133तो प्राप्ति के रूप में देखो . tō prāpti kē|K rūp mē̃ dēkhō . tō prāpti[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then attainment (of|K) Rup in see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
184The names of all of you are mentioned. 185So why do you chase after other names? 186Because for the majority, it is the name, regard and honour that makes you fall and it also increases your intoxication.
134अगर मानों कोई कारण से आपका नाम गुप्त है और आप समझते हो कि मेरा नाम होना चाहिये , यथार्थ है फिर भी अगर किसी आत्मा से हिसाबकिताब के कारण या उसके संस्कार के कारण आपका नाम नहीं होता है , आप राइट हो , वो रांग है फिर भी उसका नाम होता है , आपका नहीं , तो विजय माला में आपका नाम निश्चित है . agar mānō̃ kōī kāraṇ sē āpkā nām gupta hai aur āp samajhtē hō ki mērā nām hōnā chāhiyē , yathārth hai phir bhī agar kisī ātmā sē hisābakitāb kē|K kāraṇ yā uskē saṅskār kē|K kāraṇ āpkā nām nahī̃ hōtā hai , āp right hō , vō wrong hai phir bhī uskā nām hōtā hai , āpkā nahī̃ , tō vijay mālā mē̃ āpkā nām niśhchit hai . agar mānō̃ kōī[pn.;d.] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] āp[pn.pl.kā] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] gupt[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur āp[pn.pl.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.2] ki[conj.] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[.oblig3] , yathārth[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] phir bhī[x] agar kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] x kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] yā uskā[pn.sg.kē] saṅskār[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.kā] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] , āp[pn.pl.] right hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , vah[pn.;d.] wrong hōnā[pres.sg.23] phir bhī[x] vah[pn.sg.kā] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] , āp[pn.pl.kā] nahī̃[neg] , tō vijay mālā[x] mē̃[postp.] āp[pn.pl.kā] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] niśhchit[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . if just consider some because from you[.kā] name incognito be[pres.sg.23] and you understand[pres.pl.m.2] that I[.kā] name be[.oblig3] , x be[pres.sg.23] nevertheless if (anything|some) soul from x (of|K) because or of that[.kē] sanskar (of|K) because you[.kā] name not be[pres.sg.m.23] , you right (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , that x be[pres.sg.23] nevertheless that[.kā] name be[pres.sg.m.23] , you[.kā] not , then x in you[.kā] name fixed be[pres.sg.23] .
187So, look at it in terms of attainment. 188If, for instance, your name is for some reason incognito and you think that your name should be glorified; it is right that your name should be glorified, but because of some karmic account or the sanskars of another soul, your name is not glorified; you may be right and the other person is wrong and still the other person's name is glorified and yours is not; your name is fixed in the rosary of victory.
135इसीलिये इसकी भी परवाह नहीं करो . isīliyē iskī bhī parvāh nahī̃ karō . isliē yah[pn.sg.kī] bhī[p.] parvāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . therefore this[.kī] too care not do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
189Therefore, do not worry about that.
136इस रूप में माया ज्यादा आती है . is rūp mē̃ māyā jyādā ātī hai . yah[pn.sg.o.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] māyā[n.f.;sg.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ānā[pres.sg.f.23] . this Rup in Maya more come[pres.sg.f.23] .
190Maya comes in this form a great deal.
137इसलिये अभी गलती से नाम मिस हो भी गया , कोई हर्जा नहीं लेकिन विजय माला में आपका नाम मिस नहीं हो सकता . isliyē abhī galatī|galtī sē nām miss hō bhī gayā , kōī harjā nahī̃ lēkin vijay mālā mē̃ āpkā nām miss nahī̃ hō saktā . isliē ab[adv.hī] galatī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|galnā[pres-part.f.] sē[postp.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] miss hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] bhī[p.] jānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , kōī[pn.;d.] harzā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] lēkin vijay mālā[x] mē̃[postp.] āp[pn.pl.kā] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] miss nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . therefore now (mistake|x[pres-part.f.]) from name miss (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) too go[past-part.m.sg.d.] , some x not but x in you[.kā] name miss not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
191Therefore, even if your name is missed out by mistake now, it does not matter because your name cannot be missed from the rosary of victory.
138पहले आपका नाम होगा . pahlē āpkā nām hōgā . pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] āp[pn.pl.kā] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] . (x|firstly) you[.kā] name be[fut.m.sg.23] .
192First will be your name.
139तो अपने नाम की महिमा याद रखो कि मेरा नाम बाप के दिल पर है , विजय माला में है , अन्त तक मेरा नाम सेवा कर रहा है . tō apnē nām kī|key mahimā yād rakhō ki mērā nām bāp kē|K dil par hai , vijay mālā mē̃ hai , ant tak mērā nām sēvā kar rahā hai . tō apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mahimā[n.f.;sg.] yād rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vijay mālā[x] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , ant[n.m.;sg.,d.] tak maĩ[pn.sg.kā] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . then one’s own name (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) praise remember that I[.kā] name father (of|K) heart (at|other) be[pres.sg.23] , x in be[pres.sg.23] , end until I[.kā] name service do[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .
193So, remember the praise of your name: that your name is in Baba's heart and in the rosary of victory. 194Your name will be doing service till the end.
140और आपका मान कितना है ? aur āpkā mān kitnā hai ? aur āp[pn.pl.kā] mānnā[root]|mān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? and you[.kā] (x[root]|respect) so be[pres.sg.23] ?
195And how much regard do you receive?
141भगवान ने भी आपको अपने से आगे रखा है ! bhagvān nē bhī āpkō apnē sē āgē rakhā hai ! bhagvān[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.kō] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē[postp.] āgē rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ! God ∅ too you[.kō] one’s own from previously keep[pres-perf.sg.m.23] !
196Even God has kept you ahead of Himself.
142पहले बच्चे . pahlē bachchē . pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] . (x|firstly) child . 143तो स्वयं बाप ने मान दे दिया . tō svayã bāp nē mān dē diyā . tō svayã bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] mānnā[opt.sg.23.root+dēnā] dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . then x father ∅ x[opt.sg.23.root+dēnā] give[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
197Does He say: Children first or does He say: The Father first?
144कितना आपका मान है , उसका प्रुफ देखो कि आपके जड़ चित्रों का भी लास्ट जन्म तक कितना मान है ! kitnā āpkā mān hai , uskā proof dēkhō ki āpkē jaṛ chitrō̃ kā bhī last janm tak kitnā mān hai ! kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] āp[pn.pl.kā] mānnā[root]|mān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vah[pn.sg.kā] proof dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] āp[pn.pl.kē] jaṛ[adj.]|jaṛ[n.f.;sg.]|jaṛnā[root] chitra[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] last janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] tak kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mānnā[root]|mān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ! so you[.kā] (x[root]|respect) be[pres.sg.23] , that[.kā] proof see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that you[.kē] (non-conscious|x|stud[root]) picture of too last (life|be born[root]) until so (x[root]|respect) be[pres.sg.23] ! 145चाहे जाने , नहीं जाने लेकिन कोई भी देवी देवता का चित्र होगा तो कितने मान से उसको देखते हैं ! chāhē jānē , nahī̃ jānē lēkin kōī bhī dēvī dēvtā kā chitra hōgā tō kitnē mān sē uskō dēkhtē haĩ ! chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] jānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|jānnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|jānnā[opt.sg.23] , nahī̃[neg] jānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|jānnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|jānnā[opt.sg.23] lēkin kōī bhī[x] dēvī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēvtā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chitra[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] tō kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mānnā[root]|mān[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] vah[pn.sg.kō] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ! (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) (go[inf.m.pl.,o.]|know[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|know[opt.sg.23]) , not (go[inf.m.pl.,o.]|know[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|know[opt.sg.23]) but anyone goddess deity of picture be[fut.m.sg.23] then so (x[root]|respect) from that[.kō] see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] !
198So God Himself has given you so much regard. 199You have so much regard and the proof of that is that even your nonliving images have so much praise even in this last birth. 200Whether knowingly or unknowingly, they look at the images of the deities with so much regard.
146सबसे श्रेष्ठ मान अब तक आपके चित्रों का भी है . sabsē śhrēṣhṭh mān ab tak āpkē chitrō̃ kā bhī hai . sabsē śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] mānnā[root]|mān[n.m.;sg.,d.] ab[adv.] tak āp[pn.pl.kē] chitra[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . the most elevated (x[root]|respect) now until you[.kē] picture of too be[pres.sg.23] .
201The most elevated regard is for your images even now.
147ये प्रुफ है . yē proof hai . yah[pn.pl.d.] proof hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this proof be[pres.sg.23] .
202This is your proof.
148जब आपके चित्र ही इतने माननीय , पूजनीय हैं तो जिसका मान रखा जाता है उसको पूजनीय माना जाता है . jab āpkē chitra hī itnē mānanīy , pūjanīy haĩ tō jiskā mān rakhā jātā hai uskō pūjanīy mānā jātā hai . jab āp[pn.pl.kē] chitra[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mānanīy[adj.] , x hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] tō jō[pn.sg.kā] mānnā[root]|mān[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|rakhānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā]|rakhnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] vah[pn.sg.kō] x mānnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|mānnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] . when you[.kē] picture only such who are worthy of respect , x be[pres.pl.12hon3] then that[.kā] (x[root]|respect) (keep[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|x[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā]|keep[pres.sg.m.23.passive]) that[.kō] x (x[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|x[pres.sg.m.23.passive]) .
203Since your images are so regardworthy and worship worthy, the one whom you give regard to is also considered to be worshipworthy.
149हमेशा कहते हैं ना-यह हमारे पूजनीय हैं , पूज्य हैं . hamēśhā kahtē haĩ nā-yah hamārē pūjanīy haĩ , pūjya haĩ . hamēśhā kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] x ham[pn.pl.kē] x hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , pūjya[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . x say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] x we[.kē] x be[pres.pl.12hon3] , worthy of worship be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
204You always say: Worship-worthy; one who is worthy to be worshipped.
150तो प्रैक्टिकल प्रुफ है कि आपके चित्रों का भी मान है तो चैतन्य में हैं तब भी चित्रों का मान है . tō practical proof hai ki āpkē chitrō̃ kā bhī mān hai tō chaitanya mē̃ haĩ tab bhī chitrō̃ kā mān hai . tō practical proof hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] āp[pn.pl.kē] chitra[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] mānnā[root]|mān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō chaitanya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] tab bhī[p.] chitra[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mānnā[root]|mān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then practical proof be[pres.sg.23] that you[.kē] picture of too (x[root]|respect) be[pres.sg.23] then living in be[pres.pl.12hon3] for only then too picture of (x[root]|respect) be[pres.sg.23] .
205So, this is your practical proof that they have so much regard for your images and it is because there is this regard in the living form that they give it to your images.
151अगर चैतन्य में मान नहीं होता तो चित्रों को कैसे मिलता ? agar chaitanya mē̃ mān nahī̃ hōtā tō chitrō̃ kō kaisē miltā ? agar chaitanya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] mānnā[root]|mān[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] tō chitra[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] milnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] ? if living in (x[root]|respect) not be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] then picture to how receive[pres-part.m.sg.d.] ?
206If the living images did not receive regard, how could the images?
152बाप तो सदा कहते हैं-पहले बच्चे . bāp tō sadā kahtē haĩ-pahalē bachchē . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō sadā kahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] . father then constantly say[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x child .
207So, you heard about your name and about your regard.
153बच्चे डबल पूजे जाते हैं , बाप सिंगल . bachchē double pūjē jātē haĩ , bāp single . bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] double pūjnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.past-part+jānā]|pūjnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.passive] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] single . child double (x[pres.pl.m.12hon3.past-part+jānā]|x[pres.pl.m.12hon3.passive]) , father x .
208Baba always says: The children first.
154तो आपका मान बाप से ज्यादा हुआ ना ! tō āpkā mān bāp sē jyādā huā nā ! tō āp[pn.pl.kā] mānnā[root]|mān[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nā ! then you[.kā] (x[root]|respect) father from more be[past-part.m.sg.d.] ∅ ! 155इतना श्रेष्ठ मान मिल गया ! itnā śhrēṣhṭh mān mil gayā ! itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] mānnā[root]|mān[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] ! such elevated (x[root]|respect) receive[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] !
209Children are worshipped in two ways and the Father is worshipped in one way only.
156तो जब भी कोई हद के मान की बात आये तो सोचना कि आत्माओं का मान क्या करेगा जब परम आत्मा का मान मिल गया . tō jab bhī kōī had kē|K mān kī|key bāt āyē tō sōchnā ki ātmāō̃ kā mān kyā karēgā jab param ātmā kā mān mil gayā . tō jab bhī[p.] kōī[pn.;d.] had[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K mānnā[root]|mān[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bāt[n.f.;sg.] ānā[opt.sg.23]|ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] tō sōchnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mānnā[root]|mān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā karnā[fut.m.sg.23] jab param[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mānnā[root]|mān[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . then when too some x (of|K) (x[root]|respect) (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) matter (come[opt.sg.23]|come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) then think[inf.m.sg.d.] that soul of (x[root]|respect) what do[fut.m.sg.23] when Supreme soul of (x[root]|respect) receive[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] .
210So regard for you is greater than the regard for the Father. 211So you receive such elevated regard.
157ऐसे नहीं सोचो-कि हम इतना कुछ करते हैं फिर भी मान नहीं देते , पूछते ही नहीं हैं ! aisē nahī̃ sōcō-ki ham itnā kuchh kartē haĩ phir bhī mān nahī̃ dētē , pūchhtē hī nahī̃ haĩ ! aisē nahī̃[x] x ham[pn.pl.] itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kuchh karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] phir bhī[x] mānnā[root]|mān[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] dēnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , pūchhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ! it isn't that x we such anything do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nevertheless (x[root]|respect) not give[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , ask[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] only not be[pres.pl.12hon3] ! 158ये सोचना व्यर्थ है . yē sōchnā vyarth hai . yah[pn.pl.d.] sōchnā[inf.m.sg.d.] vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this think[inf.m.sg.d.] wasteful be[pres.sg.23] .
212Whenever any limited aspect of regard arises, what will the regard from souls do, when you have received regard from the Supreme Soul?
159क्योंकि जितना आप हद के मान के पीछे दौड़ लगायेंगे ना तो ये हद की कोई भी चीज़ परछाई के समान है . kyōṅki jitnā āp had kē|K mān kē pīchhē dauṛ lagāyēṅgē nā tō yē had kī|key kōī bhī chīz parchhāī kē|K samān hai . kyōṅki jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] āp[pn.pl.] had[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K mānnā[root]|mān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē pīchhē[x] dauṛī, dauṛ[n.f.;sg.]|dauṛnā[root] lagānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā tō yah[pn.pl.d.] had[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key kōī bhī[x] chīz[n.f.;sg.] parchhāyā, parchhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K samān[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . because the more you x (of|K) (x[root]|respect) x (race|x[root]) attach[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ then this x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) anyone thing shadow (of|K) equal be[pres.sg.23] .
213Do not think: I do so much and still no one asks me about anything. 214Do not think this; this is wasteful.
160परछाई के पीछे पड़ने से कभी परछाई मिलती है कि और आगे बढ़ती जाती है ? parchhāī kē pīchhē paṛnē sē kabhī parchhāī miltī hai ki aur āgē baṛhtī jātī hai ? parchhāyā, parchhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kē pīchhē[x] paṛnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] kabhī[adv.] parchhāyā, parchhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] milnā[pres.sg.f.23] ki[conj.] aur āgē baṛhnā[pres.sg.f.23.pres-part+jānā] ? shadow x fall[inf.m.pl.,o.] from ever shadow receive[pres.sg.f.23] that and previously grow[pres.sg.f.23.pres-part+jānā] ?
215Anything limited that you chase after is like a shadow. 216You have seen a shadow, have you not?
161तो ये हद का मान , हद का नाम-ये परछाई है . tō yē had kā mān , had kā nām-yē parchhāī hai . tō yah[pn.pl.d.] had[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mānnā[root]|mān[n.m.;sg.,d.] , had[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] x parchhāyā, parchhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then this x of (x[root]|respect) , x of x shadow be[pres.sg.23] .
217Whenever you try to catch hold of a shadow, are you able to do this?
162ये माया के धूप में दिखाई देती है लेकिन है कुछ भी नहीं . yē māyā kē|K dhūp mē̃ dikhāī dētī hai lēkin hai kuchh bhī nahī̃ . yah[pn.pl.d.] māyā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dhūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dikhāī dēnā[pres.sg.f.23] lēkin hōnā[pres.sg.23] kuchh bhī[x] nahī̃[neg] . this Maya (of|K) sunshine in be visible but be[pres.sg.23] anything not .
218Or, does the shadow run further away? 219Limited name and limited regard are like shadows.
163तो नाम भी आपको मिल गया , मान भी आपको मिला हुआ है और शान कितना है ! tō nām bhī āpkō mil gayā , mān bhī āpkō milā huā hai aur śhān kitnā hai ! tō nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.kō] milnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , mānnā[root]|mān[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.kō] milānā[root]|milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] aur śhān[n.f.;sg.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ! then name too you[.kō] receive[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , (x[root]|respect) too you[.kō] (x[root]|receive[past-part.m.sg.d.]) be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] and honour so be[pres.sg.23] ! 164अपने एक एक शान को याद करो और किसने शान में बिठाया ? apnē ēk ēk śhān kō yād karō aur kisnē śhān mē̃ biṭhāyā ? apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ēk[adj.] ēk[adj.] śhān[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] yād karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur kaun[pn.sg.nē] śhān[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] biṭhānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? one’s own one one honour to remember and who[.nē] honour in x[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
220They are visible under the sun of Maya, but in fact, they are nothing. 221So, you have received name, you have receive regard and how much honour/prestige is given to you? 222You are honoured so much!
165बाप ने बिठाया . bāp nē biṭhāyā . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] biṭhānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . father ∅ x[past-part.m.sg.d.] . 166बाप के दिलतख्तन शीन हैं . bāp kē|K dilatakhtan śīn haĩ . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K x x hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . father (of|K) x x be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
223Remember each honour of yours and who has made you sit so honourably.
167सबसे बड़े ते बड़ी शान राज्य पद है ना ! sabsē baṛē tē baṛī śhān rājya pad hai nā ! sabsē baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] śhān[n.f.;sg.] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] pad[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! the most very from very honour kingdom status be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
224The Father. 225You are seated on the heartthrone of the Father.
168तो आपको तख्त ताज मिल गया है ना ! tō āpkō takht tāj mil gayā hai nā ! tō āp[pn.pl.kō] takht[n.m.;sg.,d.] tāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] nā ! then you[.kō] throne crown receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] ∅ !
226What is the greatest honour of all?
169जो परम आत्मा के तख्तनशीन हैं इससे बड़ी शान क्या है ! jō param ātmā kē|K takhtnaśhīn haĩ issē baṛī śhān kyā hai ! jō[pn.;d.] param[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K takhtnaśhīn[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] yah[pn.sg.sē] baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] śhān[n.f.;sg.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] ! that Supreme soul (of|K) seated on the throne be[pres.pl.12hon3] this[.sē] very honour what be[pres.sg.23] !
227It is the ruling status. 228So you have received the throne and the crown, have you not?
170कभी कभी निर्णय करने में एक छोटी सी गलती कर देते हो . kabhī kabhī nirṇay karnē mē̃ ēk chhōṭī see|sī|C galatī|galtī kar dētē hō . kabhī[adv.] kabhī[adv.] nirṇay[x] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] ēk[adj.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C galatī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|galnā[pres-part.f.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+dēnā] . ever ever discernment do[inf.m.pl.,o.] in one small (see|x) (mistake|x[pres-part.f.]) do[pres.pl.m.2.root+dēnā] .
229You are seated on the heartthrone of the Supreme Soul, and so what could be a greater honour?
171जो रीयल शान है , रूहानी शान है वो कभी भी अभिमान की फीलिंग नहीं देगा . jō real śhān hai , rūhānī śhān hai vō kabhī bhī abhimān kī|key feeling nahī̃ dēgā . jō[pn.;d.] real śhān[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , rūhānī[adj.] śhān[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.;d.] kabhī[adv.] bhī[p.] abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key feeling nahī̃[neg] dēnā[fut.m.sg.23] . that real honour be[pres.sg.23] , spiritual honour be[pres.sg.23] that ever too arrogance (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) feeling not give[fut.m.sg.23] .
230Sometimes you make a mistake in making a small decision. 231The real honour, the spiritual honour will never make you feel insulted.
172तो कभी कभी क्या करते हो ? tō kabhī kabhī kyā kartē hō ? tō kabhī[adv.] kabhī[adv.] kyā karnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? then ever ever what do[pres.pl.m.2] ?
232It will not give you any kind of feeling of insult.
173होता अभिमान है लेकिन समझते हो कि ये शान तो अपना रखना चाहिये , इतना शान तो रखना चाहिये ना , शान में रहना अच्छा होता है , लेकिन शान है या अभिमान है , उसको अच्छी तरह से चेक करो . hōtā abhimān hai lēkin samajhtē hō ki yē śhān tō apnā rakhnā chāhiyē , itnā śhān tō rakhnā chāhiyē nā , śhān mē̃ rahnā achchhā hōtā hai , lēkin śhān hai yā abhimān hai , uskō achchhī tarah sē check karō . hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin samajhnā[pres.pl.m.2] ki[conj.] yah[pn.pl.d.] śhān[n.f.;sg.] tō apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rakhnā[.oblig3] , itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] śhān[n.f.;sg.] tō rakhnā[.oblig3] nā , śhān[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] , lēkin śhān[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yā abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vah[pn.sg.kō] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] tarah[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] arrogance be[pres.sg.23] but understand[pres.pl.m.2] that this honour then (adopt[root]|one’s own) keep[.oblig3] , such honour then keep[.oblig3] ∅ , honour in remain[inf.m.sg.d.] achcha be[pres.sg.m.23] , but honour be[pres.sg.23] or arrogance be[pres.sg.23] , that[.kō] achcha x from check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
233But what do you sometimes do? 234It is in fact arrogance, but you think that you have to maintain your honour, that you have to maintain this much honour at least it is good to maintain your honour, but check whether it is your honour or your arrogance.
174कभी कभी अभिमान को शान समझ लेते हैं और फिर निर्मान नहीं होते हैं . kabhī kabhī abhimān kō śhān samajh lētē haĩ aur phir nirmān nahī̃ hōtē haĩ . kabhī[adv.] kabhī[adv.] abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] śhān[n.f.;sg.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+lēnā] aur phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] nirmān[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . ever ever arrogance to honour understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+lēnā] and (turn[root]|then) humble not be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
235Sometimes, you consider your arrogance to be your honour/pride and then you are not able to be humble.
175आप अपने शान को रीयल समझते हो लेकिन दूसरे समझते हैं कि ये अभिमान है तो थोड़ा भी कुछ कह देंगे तो आपको अपमान लगेगा . āp apnē śhān kō real samajhtē hō lēkin dūsrē samajhtē haĩ ki yē abhimān hai tō thōṛā bhī kuchh kah dēgē tō āpkō apmān lagēgā . āp[pn.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] śhān[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] real samajhnā[pres.pl.m.2] lēkin dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] yah[pn.pl.d.] abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] kuchh kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+dēnā] tō āp[pn.pl.kō] apmān[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagnā[fut.m.sg.23] . you one’s own honour to real understand[pres.pl.m.2] but other understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that this arrogance be[pres.sg.23] then short too anything say[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+dēnā] then you[.kō] disrespect x[fut.m.sg.23] .
236And the sign of arrogance is that you may consider your pride to be real, and others consider it to be arrogance, and so whenever someone says something, you will feel insulted.
176अभिमान वाले को अपमान बहुत जल्दी फील होगा . abhimān vālē kō apmān bahut jaldī feel hōgā . abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] apmān[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut jaldī feel hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] . arrogance those who to disrespect very very quickly feel be[fut.m.sg.23] .
237Those who have arrogance will very quickly feel any insult.
177थोड़ा भी किसने हंसी में भी कुछ कह दिया तो अपमान लगेगा . thōṛā bhī kisnē hansī mē̃ bhī kuchh kah diyā tō apmān lagēgā . thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] kaun[pn.sg.nē] hãsnā[past-part.f.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] kuchh kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] tō apmān[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagnā[fut.m.sg.23] . short too who[.nē] laugh out[past-part.f.] in too anything say[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] then disrespect x[fut.m.sg.23] .
238Even when someone says something jokingly, they will feel insulted.
178ये अभिमान की निशानी है . yē abhimān kī|key niśhānī hai . yah[pn.pl.d.] abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this arrogance (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) sign be[pres.sg.23] .
239This is the sign of arrogance.
179सोचेंगे-नहीं , मैं तो ऐसा हूँ नहीं , ऐसे थोड़ेही कहना चाहिये . sōcēṅgē-nahī̃ , maĩ tō aisā hū̃ nahī̃ , aisē thōṛēhī kahnā chāhiyē . x , maĩ[pn.sg.d.] tō aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] nahī̃[neg] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] thōṛēhī kahnā[.oblig3] . x , I then such be[pres.sg.1] not , such not say[.oblig3] .
240They will think: No, I am not like that. 241They should not say that.
180तो निर्णय ठीक करो . tō nirṇay ṭhīk karō . tō nirṇay[x] ṭhīk[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then discernment OK do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
242So make an accurate decision.
181उस समय निर्णय में कमी कर लेते हो . us samay nirṇay mē̃ kamī kar lētē hō . vah[pn.sg.o.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] nirṇay[x] mē̃[postp.] kamī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+lēnā] . that time discernment in x do[pres.pl.m.2.root+lēnā] .
243At that time, you create a weakness in making the right decision.
182यथार्थ के बजाय मिक्स होता है और आप उसको यथार्थ समझ लेते हो . yathārth kē|K bajāy mix hōtā hai aur āp uskō yathārth samajh lētē hō . yathārth[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bajāē mix hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] aur āp[pn.pl.] vah[pn.sg.kō] yathārth[adj.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+lēnā] . x (of|K) x x be[pres.sg.m.23] and you that[.kō] x understand[pres.pl.m.2.root+lēnā] .
244Instead of it being accurate, it becomes mixed. 245And yet you consider it to be accurate.
183तो कहने में आता है कि ये हैं बहुत अच्छे लेकिन बोलचाल , उठना , बैठना जो है ना वो अभिमान का लगता है . tō kahnē mē̃ ātā hai ki yē haĩ bahut achchhē lēkin bōlchāl , uṭhnā , baiṭhnā jō hai nā vō abhimān kā lagtā hai . tō kahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] yah[pn.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lēkin bōl-chāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] , uṭhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , baiṭhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā vah[pn.;d.] abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] . then say[inf.m.pl.,o.] in come[pres.sg.m.23] that this be[pres.pl.12hon3] very achcha but words and behaviour , wake up[inf.m.sg.d.] , sit[inf.m.sg.d.] that be[pres.sg.23] ∅ that arrogance of x[pres.sg.m.23] .
246Generally, it is said: this one is very good, but his way of speaking, sitting, walking etc., seems very arrogant.
184ये भी किसी ने कहा तो अपमान की फीलिंग आ जायेगी . yē bhī kisī nē kahā tō apmān kī|key feeling ā jāyēgī . yah[pn.pl.d.] bhī[p.] kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] nē[postp.] kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō apmān[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key feeling ānā[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] . this too (anything|some) ∅ say[past-part.m.sg.d.] then disrespect (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) feeling come[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] .
247Even when someone says this, there is the feeling of being insulted.
185तो स्वमान और अभिमान के अन्तर को भी चेक करो . tō svamān aur abhimān kē|K antar kō bhī check karō . tō svamān[x] aur abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K antar[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then self-respect and arrogance (of|K) difference to too check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
248So also check the difference between selfrespect and arrogance.
186स्वमान कितना बड़ा है , शान कितनी बड़ी है , उस बेहद के नाम , मान और शान को सदा इमर्ज रखो . svamān kitnā baṛā hai , śhān kitnī baṛī hai , us bēhad kē|K nām , mān aur śhān kō sadā emerge rakhō . svamān[x] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , śhān[n.f.;sg.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vah[pn.sg.o.] bēhad[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] , mānnā[root]|mān[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur śhān[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] sadā emerge rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . self-respect so very be[pres.sg.23] , honour so very be[pres.sg.23] , that unlimited (of|K) name , (x[root]|respect) and honour to constantly emerge keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
249So constantly keep in an emerged form: how great your selfrespect and how great your pride are. 250Constantly keep this unlimited name, regard and honour/pride in an emerged form.
187मर्ज नहीं , इमर्ज करो . merge nahī̃ , emerge karō . merge nahī̃[neg] , emerge karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . merge not , emerge do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
251Do not let it be merged, but keep it in an emerged form.
188जैसे याद में कभी कभी अलबेलापन आ जाता है तो कहते हैं हम हैं ही बाप के , याद क्या करें … . jaisē yād mē̃ kabhī kabhī albēlāpan ā jātā hai tō kahtē haĩ ham haĩ hī bāp kē|K , yād kyā karē̃ … . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] yād[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] kabhī[adv.] kabhī[adv.] albēlāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] tō kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ham[pn.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] hī[p.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K , yād[n.f.;sg.] kyā karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] … . like remembrance in ever ever carelessness come[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] then say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] we be[pres.pl.12hon3] only father (of|K) , remembrance what do[opt.pl.12hon3] … .
252Just as sometimes there is carelessness in remembrance: I belong to the Father anyway, so I don't need tore member Him.
189लेकिन इमर्ज संकल्प से प्राप्ति का अनुभव होता है . lēkin emerge saṅkalp sē prāpti kā anubhav hōtā hai . lēkin emerge saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] prāpti[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . but emerge thought from attainment of experience be[pres.sg.m.23] .
253However, with an emerged thought, you are able to experience attainment.
190ऐसे ही हर धारणा में अलर्ट रहो , अलबेले नहीं बनो . aisē hī har|her dhārṇā mē̃ alert rahō , albēlē nahī̃ banō . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] har|harnā[root]|her dhārṇā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] alert rahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , albēlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . such only (x|x[root]) dharna in alert remain[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , careless not become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
254In the same way, remain alert in every aspect of dharna.
191क्योंकि समय समीप आ रहा है और समय समीप क्या सूचना दे रहा है ? kyōṅki samay samīp ā rahā hai aur samay samīp kyā sūchnā dē rahā hai ? kyōṅki samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] samīp[adj.] ānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] aur samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] samīp[adj.] kyā sūchnā[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] ? because time close come[pres.sg.m.prog.23] and time close what x give[pres.sg.m.prog.23] ?
255Do not be careless because time is coming close, and what notice is the time giving?
192समान बनो , सम्पन्न बनो . samān banō , sampann banō . samān[adj.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , sampann[adj.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . equal become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , full become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
256Become equal and become perfect.
193तो समय की चैलेन्ज को देखो . tō samay kī|key challenge kō dēkhō . tō samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key challenge kō[postp.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then time (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) challenge to see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
257So look at the challenge of time.
194आपको कोई भी अप्राप्ति नहीं है . āpkō kōī bhī aprāpti nahī̃ hai . āp[pn.pl.kō] kōī bhī[x] aprāpti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . you[.kō] anyone lack of attainment not be[pres.sg.23] .
258You do not have anything lacking.
195और क्या प्राप्ति होती है ? aur kyā prāpti hōtī hai ? aur kyā prāpti[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] ? and what attainment be[pres.sg.f.23] ?
259What else do you attain?
196अगर स्थूल रीति से देखो तो तन्दुरूस्ती चाहिये , सम्पत्ति चाहिये , सम्बन्ध चाहिये-यही प्राप्ति में चाहिये ना . agar sthūl rīti sē dēkhō tō tandurūstī chāhiyē , sampatti chāhiyē , sambandh cāhiyē-yahī prāpti mē̃ chāhiyē nā . agar sthūl[adj.] rīti[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō tandarustī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] chāhiē , sampatti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] chāhiē , sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] x prāpti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] chāhiē nā . if physical way from see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then health should , wealth should , relationship x attainment in should ∅ .
260In physical terms, you need good health, wealth and relationships: this is all you need in terms of attainment. 261So how healthy is your soul?
197तो आपकी आत्मा कितनी तन्दुरूस्त है ? tō āpkī ātmā kitnī tandurūsta hai ? tō āp[pn.pl.kī] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] tandarūst[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? then you[.kī] soul so x be[pres.sg.23] ?
262Does the soul have low blood pressure or high blood pressure?
198आत्मा में लो ब्लड प्रेशर , हाई ब्लड प्रेशर होता है क्या ? ātmā mē̃ lō|low blood pressure , high blood pressure hōtā hai kyā ? ātmā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] lēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|low blood pressure , high blood pressure hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] kyā ? soul in (take[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|low) x pressure , high x pressure be[pres.sg.m.23] what ?
263Or does it have it sometimes? 264Sometimes a low blood pressure of the soul, sometimes a high blood pressure!
199नहीं , सदा तन्दुरूस्त . nahī̃ , sadā tandurūsta . nahī̃[neg] , sadā tandarūst[adj.] . not , constantly x . 200क्योंकि अमृतवेले हर रोज बापदादा सदा तन्दुरूस्त भव का वरदान देता है . kyōṅki amr̥itvēlē har|her rōj bāpdādā sadā tandurūsta bhav kā vardān dētā hai . kyōṅki amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] har|harnā[root]|her rōz bāpdādā sadā tandarūst[adj.] bhav[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhav kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.sg.m.23] . because amrit vela (x|x[root]) day BapDada constantly x (x|may you be) of blessing give[pres.sg.m.23] .
265No, you are always healthy because every day at amrit vela, BapDada gives the blessing of constantly remaining healthy.
201शरीर का तो हिसाबकिताब है लेकिन आत्मा सदा तन्दुरूस्त . śharīr kā tō hisābakitāb hai lēkin ātmā sadā tandurūsta . śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tō x hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin ātmā[n.f.;sg.] sadā tandarūst[adj.] . body of then x be[pres.sg.23] but soul constantly x .
266The body may have karmic accounts but the soul is constantly healthy. 267The soul does not have any illness.
202आत्मा को कोई बीमारी नहीं है . ātmā kō kōī bīmārī nahī̃ hai . ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] bīmārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . soul to some illness not be[pres.sg.23] .
268So you have good health of the soul, do you not?
203तो आत्मा की तन्दुरूस्ती है ना ? tō ātmā kī|key tandurūstī hai nā ? tō ātmā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key tandarustī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ? then soul (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) health be[pres.sg.23] ∅ ?
269Or don't you? 270Do you sometimes fall ill?
204कि कभी कभी बीमार पड़ जाते हो ? ki kabhī kabhī bīmār paṛ jātē hō ? ki[conj.] kabhī[adv.] kabhī[adv.] bīmār[adj.] paṛnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] ? that ever ever those who are ill fall[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] ?
271Do you fall ill? 272Do the double foreigners fall ill?
205डबल विदेशी बीमार पड़ते हैं ? double vidēśhī bīmār paṛtē haĩ ? double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bīmār[adj.] paṛnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? double foreigner those who are ill fall[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
273Or do you sometimes take a little rest?
206कि थोड़ा थोड़ा रेस्ट कर लेते हैं ? ki thōṛā thōṛā rest kar lētē haĩ ? ki[conj.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rest karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+lēnā] ? that short short x do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+lēnā] ?
274Double foreigners means double healthy. 275Is this right?
207डबल विदेशी अर्थात् डबल हेल्दी . double vidēśhī arthāt double healthy . double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] arthāt double healthy . double foreigner that is double healthy .
276Are you double healthy? 277You are not single, are you?
208और ऐसे डबल हेल्दी को देख करके बीमार भी हेल्दी हो जायेगा . aur aisē double healthy kō dēkh karkē bīmār bhī healthy hō jāyēgā . aur aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] double healthy kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] karnā[abs.] bīmār[adj.] bhī[p.] healthy hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . and such double healthy to see[root] do[abs.] those who are ill too healthy be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .
278Double healthy. 279Seeing a healthy person, someone who is ill will become healthy.
209तो तन्दुरूस्ती की प्राप्ति आपको कितनी बड़ी है . tō tandurūstī kī|key prāpti āpkō kitnī baṛī hai . tō tandarustī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key prāpti[n.f.;sg.] āp[pn.pl.kō] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then health (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) attainment you[.kō] so very be[pres.sg.23] .
280So, you need the attainment of good health, and yours is so great.
210और सम्बन्ध में देखो , दुनिया वालों को तो कोई सम्बन्ध होगा , कोई नहीं होगा . aur sambandh mē̃ dēkhō , duniyā vālō̃ kō tō kōī sambandh hōgā , kōī nahī̃ hōgā . aur sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , duniyā[n.f.;sg.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] tō kōī[pn.;d.] sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] , kōī[pn.;d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] . and relationship in see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , world those who to then some relationship be[fut.m.sg.23] , some not be[fut.m.sg.23] .
281And in terms of relationships, people of the world will have some relationships and not others.
211होगा तो कभी वो सम्बन्ध खत्म भी हो जायेगा , लेकिन आपके सर्व सम्बन्ध एक बाप से हैं . hōgā tō kabhī vō sambandh khatm bhī hō jāyēgā , lēkin āpkē sarv sambandh ēk bāp sē haĩ . hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] tō kabhī[adv.] vah[pn.;d.] sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] ḵẖatm[adj.] bhī[p.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] , lēkin āp[pn.pl.kē] sarv[adj.] sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] ēk[adj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . be[fut.m.sg.23] then ever that relationship finished too be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] , but you[.kē] all relationship one father from be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
282And even if they have those relationships, they will sometimes finish, whereas you have all relationships with the one Father.
212कोई सम्बन्ध की कमी है क्या ? kōī sambandh kī|key kamī hai kyā ? kōī[pn.;d.] sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key kamī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyā ? some relationship (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x be[pres.sg.23] what ?
283Are you missing any relationship?
213कि सिर्फ बाप है , फ्रेंड नहीं है-ऐसे तो नहीं समझते ना ! ki sirph bāp hai , phrēṇḍ nahī̃ hai-aisē tō nahī̃ samajhtē nā ! ki[conj.] sirph[adj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , x nahī̃[neg] x tō nahī̃[neg] samajhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] nā ! that only father be[pres.sg.23] , x not x then not understand[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ∅ !
284Or is that Baba is just your Father and not your Friend? 285You do not think this, do you?
214सर्व सम्बन्ध बाप से हैं . sarv sambandh bāp sē haĩ . sarv[adj.] sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . all relationship father from be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
286You have all relationships with the Father.
215किसी भी सम्बन्ध से बाप को याद करो तो बाप सदा वह सम्बन्ध निभाने के लिये हाजर है . kisī bhī sambandh sē bāp kō yād karō tō bāp sadā vah sambandh nibhānē kē|K liyē hājar hai . kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] yād karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sadā vah[pn.sg.d.] sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] nibhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] hāzir[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (anything|some) too relationship from father to remember then father constantly that relationship fulfil[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) take[past-part.m.pl.,o.] present be[pres.sg.23] .
287Remember the Father in any relationship and He is constantly ready to fulfil the responsibility of that relationship.
216बाप को क्या देरी लगती है ! bāp kō kyā dērī lagtī hai ! bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] kyā dērī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] lagnā[pres.sg.f.23] ! father to what x x[pres.sg.f.23] !
288It does not take the Father any time to do this.
217एक ही समय पर सबसे सम्बन्ध निभा सकते हैं . ēk hī samay par sabsē sambandh nibhā saktē haĩ . ēk[adj.] hī[p.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] sabsē sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] nibhānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . one only time (at|other) the most relationship fulfil[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] .
289And He can fulfil the responsibilities of His relationships with everyone at the same time.
218ऐसे नहीं , मैं तो फ्रेंडका सम्बन्ध चाहती थी लेकिन बाबा दूसरे में बिजी था ! aisē nahī̃ , maĩ tō phrēṇḍakā sambandh chāhtī thī lēkin bābā dūsrē mē̃ busy thā ! aisē nahī̃[x] , maĩ[pn.sg.d.] tō x sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] chāhnā[hab-past.f.] lēkin bābā dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mē̃[postp.] busy hōnā[past.m.sg] ! it isn't that , I then x relationship x[hab-past.f.] but Baba other in busy be[past.m.sg] !
290It is not that you would say: I wanted to experience the relationship of a friend with Baba and Baba was busy elsewhere.
219ऐसे तो नहीं समझते ना ? aisē tō nahī̃ samajhtē nā ? aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō nahī̃[neg] samajhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] nā ? such then not understand[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ∅ ?
291You do not think in this way, do you?
220जिस सेकण्ड जिस सम्बन्ध से याद करो-उस सम्बन्ध में बाप कहते हैं हे बालक सो मालिक , जी हाजिर . jis second jis sambandh sē yād karō-us sambandh mē̃ bāp kahtē haĩ hē bālak sō mālik , jī hājir . jō[pn.sg.o.] second jō[pn.sg.o.] sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] yād[n.f.;sg.] x sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bāp kahtē haĩ[x] hē bālak[n.m.;sg.,d.] sōnā[root]|sō mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] , jīnā[past-part.f.]|jīnā[root]|jī[x] hāzir[adj.] . that second that relationship from remembrance x relationship in the Father says x x (sleep[root]|x) master , (live[past-part.f.]|live[root]|ji) present .
292At any second, whatever relationship you remember Baba in, Baba responds with that relationship: Hey child and so master, I am everpresent, at your service.
221मालिक बुलावे और पहुँचे नहीं , ये कैसे हो सकता है ! mālik bulāvē aur pahũchē nahī̃ , yē kaisē hō saktā hai ! mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] bulāvā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] aur pahuñchnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] , yah[pn.pl.d.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ! master invitation and reach[past-part.m.pl.,o.] not , this how be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] !
293How is it possible that the master calls and you do not reach there?
222तो सम्बन्ध में भी देखो-सर्व सम्बन्ध की प्राप्ति है ? tō sambandh mē̃ bhī dēkhō-sarva sambandh kī|key prāpti hai ? tō sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] x sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key prāpti[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? then relationship in too x relationship (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) attainment be[pres.sg.23] ?
294So, in terms of relationships also, check whether you have the attainments of all relationships.
223यह अनुभव है कि सिर्फ सुना है ? yah anubhav hai ki sirph sunā hai ? yah[pn.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] sirph[adj.] sunnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ? this experience be[pres.sg.23] that only listen[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ?
295Or have you heard about them but not experienced them?
224जब भी अपनी अवस्था अनुसार बिन्दी नहीं याद आवे , बिन्दी सूक्ष्म है ना , आपकी स्थिति या अवस्था कमज़ोर है , स्थूल में है तो सूक्ष्म बिन्दी याद करते भी याद नहीं आयेगी , तो ऐसे टाइम पर युद्ध नहीं करो-नहीं , बिन्दी होनी चाहिये , बिन्दी आवे , बिन्दी आवे … . jab bhī apnī avasthā anusār bindī nahī̃ yād āvē , bindī sūkṣhma hai nā , āpkī sthiti yā avasthā kamzōr hai , sthūl mē̃ hai tō sūkṣhma bindī yād kartē bhī yād nahī̃ āyēgī , tō aisē time par yuddha nahī̃ karō-nahī̃ , bindī hōnī chāhiyē , bindī āvē , bindī āvē … . jab bhī[p.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] avasthā[n.f.;sg.] anusār bindī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nahī̃[neg] yād[n.f.;sg.] ānā[opt.sg.23] , bindī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sūkṣhma[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā , āp[pn.pl.kī] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] yā avasthā[n.f.;sg.] kamjōr[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , sthūl[adj.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō sūkṣhma[adj.] bindī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] yād[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] yād[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[fut.f.sg.23] , tō aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] time par[postp.]|par[adj.] yuddh[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] x , bindī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[.oblig3] , bindī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ānā[opt.sg.23] , bindī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ānā[opt.sg.23] … . when too one’s own stage according to point not remembrance come[opt.sg.23] , point subtle be[pres.sg.23] ∅ , you[.kī] stage or stage weak be[pres.sg.23] , physical in be[pres.sg.23] then subtle point remembrance do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too remembrance not come[fut.f.sg.23] , then such time (at|other) battle not x , point be[.oblig3] , point come[opt.sg.23] , point come[opt.sg.23] … . 225प्राप्ति याद करो , सम्बन्ध याद करो , साकारमिलन याद करो , अपना भिन्नभिन्न विचित्र अनुभव याद करो . prāpti yād karō , sambandh yād karō , sākāramilan yād karō , apnā bhinnbhinn vichitr anubhav yād karō . prāpti[n.f.;sg.] yād karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] yād karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , x yād karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhinn[adj.] vichitr[adj.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] yād karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . attainment remember , relationship remember , x remember , (adopt[root]|one’s own) different unique experience remember . 226वो तो सहज है ना . vō tō sahaj hai nā . vah[pn.;d.] tō sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . that then easy be[pres.sg.23] ∅ . 227किसी को भी भाषण करने नहीं आये और समझे कि मैं तो भाषण करने वाली बनी नहीं . kisī kō bhī bhāṣhaṇ karnē nahī̃ āyē aur samajhē ki maĩ tō bhāṣhaṇ karnē vālī banī nahī̃ . kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] bhāṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[opt.sg.23]|ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] aur samajhnā[opt.sg.23]|samajhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ki[conj.] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] tō bhāṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bannā[past-part.f.] nahī̃[neg] . (anything|some) to too lecture do[inf.m.pl.,o.] not (come[opt.sg.23]|come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) and (understand[opt.sg.23]|understand[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) that I then lecture do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who become[past-part.f.] not .
296It is not like that, is it?
228सबसे अच्छे ते अच्छा भाषण है-अनुभव सुनाना . sabsē achchhē tē achchhā bhāṣhaṇ hai-anubhav sunānā . sabsē achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhāṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] x sunānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . the most achcha from achcha lecture x speak[inf.m.sg.d.] .
297Do you have this experience? 298Yes or no?
229ये सभी को आता है या नहीं ? yē sabhī kō ātā hai yā nahī̃ ? yah[pn.pl.d.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] yā nahī̃[neg] ? this all to come[pres.sg.m.23] or not ?
299You are speaking without much enthusiasm.
230इसके लिये तैयारी चाहिये क्या ? iskē liyē taiyārī chāhiyē kyā ? yah[pn.sg.kē] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] taiyārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] chāhiē kyā ? this[.kē] take[past-part.m.pl.,o.] x should what ?
300What do all of you with different languages say?
231कौन सी पॉइन्ट बोलूँ , कौन सी नहीं ? kaun see|sī|C point bōlū̃ , kaun see|sī|C nahī̃ ? kaun[pn.;d.] see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C point bōlnā[opt.sg.1] , kaun[pn.;d.] see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C nahī̃[neg] ? who (see|x) point speak[opt.sg.1] , who (see|x) not ?
301Yes or no? 302Those sitting at the back, are you saying yes or no?
232अनुभव के रूप से बोलो तो देखो नम्बरवन हो जायेंगे . anubhav kē|K rūp sē bōlō tō dēkhō number one hō jāyēṅgē . anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bōlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] number one hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . experience (of|K) Rup from speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] number one be[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . 233अपनेभिन्नभिन्न अनुभव जो किये हैं वो बांटते जाओ तो बढ़ता जायेगा . apanēbhinnabhinna anubhav jō kiyē haĩ vō bāṇṭtē jāō tō baṛhtā jāyēgā . x anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] jō[pn.;d.] karnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.;d.] bāṇṭnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] tō baṛhnā[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] . x experience that do[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] that distribute[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] then grow[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] .
303Look, those who are sitting at the back renounce sitting at the front and so BapDada looks at the back again and again.
234सभी को भाषण करना आता है , पांच वर्ष के बच्चे को भी आता है . sabhī kō bhāṣhaṇ karnā ātā hai , pāñch varṣh kē|K bachchē kō bhī ātā hai . sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] bhāṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] , pañch[adj.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] . all to lecture do[inf.m.sg.d.] come[pres.sg.m.23] , five year (of|K) child to too come[pres.sg.m.23] . 235तो युद्ध में समय नहीं गँवाओ . tō yuddha mē̃ samay nahī̃ ganvāō . tō yuddh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] ganvānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then battle in time not lose[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
304Sometimes, because of your stage, you are not able to remember the point because the point is very subtle.
236नहीं , यही होना चाहिये , नहीं . nahī̃ , yahī hōnā chāhiyē , nahī̃ . nahī̃[neg] , yahī[pn.;d.] hōnā[.oblig3] , nahī̃[neg] . not , this be[.oblig3] , not . 237किसी भी विधि से व्यर्थ को समाप्त करो और समर्थ को इमर्ज करो . kisī bhī vidhi sē vyarth kō samāpt karō aur samarth kō emerge karō . kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] samāpt karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur samarth[adj.] kō[postp.] emerge karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . (anything|some) too method from wasteful to x and powerful to emerge do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 238युद्ध करते करते क्या होता है ? yuddha kartē kartē kyā hōtā hai ? yuddh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] ? battle do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] what be[pres.sg.m.23] ?
305Your stage may be weak because you are in a gross consciousness, and therefore, you will not be able to remember the point even when you try to.
239कमज़ोरी के संस्कार पड़ जाते हैं . kamzōrī kē|K saṅskār paṛ jātē haĩ . kamjōrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K saṅskār[x] paṛnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . weakness (of|K) sanskar fall[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . 240फिर सोचते कि मेरे से तो होता ही नहीं है , बाबा कहते हैं विकर्म विनाश करो , मेरे से तो होता नहीं है . phir sōchtē ki mērē sē tō hōtā hī nahī̃ hai , bābā kahtē haĩ vikarma vināśh karō , mērē sē tō hōtā nahī̃ hai . phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] sōchnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ki[conj.] maĩ[pn.sg.kē] sē[postp.] tō hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , bābā kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vikarm[n.m.;sg.,d.] vināśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , maĩ[pn.sg.kē] sē[postp.] tō hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (turn[root]|then) think[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] that I[.kē] from then be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] only not be[pres.sg.23] , Baba say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] sin destruction do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , I[.kē] from then be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] not be[pres.sg.23] .
306So at such a time, do not battle, thinking: No, there should be the dot applied, the dot should come. 307At that time, remember your attainment. 308Remember your relationships.
241विकर्म विनाश नहीं होता तो सुकर्म तो बनाओ ना , व्यर्थ में टाइम नहीं गंवाओ . vikarma vināśh nahī̃ hōtā tō sukarm tō banāō nā , vyarth mē̃ time nahī̃ ganvāō . vikarm[n.m.;sg.,d.] vināśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] tō sukarm[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] nā , vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] time nahī̃[neg] ganvānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . sin destruction not be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] then x then create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ∅ , wasteful in time not lose[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
309Remember the corporeal meetings, remember your variety of experiences. 310That is easy.
242तो जितना जितना श्रेष्ठ कर्मों का खाता बढ़ता जायेगा तो भी विकर्मों का खाता खत्म होता जायेगा . tō jitnā jitnā śhrēṣhṭh karmō̃ kā khātā baṛhtā jāyēgā tō bhī vikarmō̃ kā khātā khatm hōtā jāyēgā . tō jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] karm[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.]|khātā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] baṛhnā[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] tō bhī[x] vikarm[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.]|khātā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] ḵẖatm[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] . then the more the more elevated deed of (eat[pres-part.m.sg.d.]|account) grow[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] ∅ sin of (eat[pres-part.m.sg.d.]|account) finished be[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] .
311When someone does not know how to give lectures and thinks that he has not become a lecturer, the best lecture is to relate your experience.
243इसीलिये समय को नहीं गँवाओ . isīliyē samay kō nahī̃ ganvāō . isliē samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] nahī̃[neg] ganvānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . therefore time to not lose[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
312Does everyone know how to do this or not?
244सबसे बड़े ते बड़ा मूल्य है समय का . sabsē baṛē tē baṛā mūlya hai samay kā . sabsē baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mūlya[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . the most very from very value be[pres.sg.23] time of .
313Do you need any preparation for this?
245क्योंकि इस समय का गायन है-अब नहीं तो कब नहीं . kyōṅki is samay kā gāyan hai-ab nahī̃ tō kab nahī̃ . kyōṅki is samay[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] gāyan[n.m.;sg.,d.] x nahī̃ tō[x] kab nahī̃[neg] . because at this time of x x otherwise when not .
314What point should I speak? 315What point should I not speak?
246एक एक सेकण्ड-अब नहीं तो कब नहीं . ēk ēk sēkaṇḍ-ab nahī̃ tō kab nahī̃ . ēk[adj.] ēk[adj.] x nahī̃ tō[x] kab nahī̃[neg] . one one x otherwise when not . 247चलते फिरते , रास्ते चलते दो बातें सुन ली , दो बातें कर ली-ये भी समय जाता है . chaltē phirtē , rāstē chaltē dō bātē̃ sun lī , dō bātē̃ kar lī-yē bhī samay jātā hai . chalnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] phirnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , rāstā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] chalnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] sunnā[past-part.f..root+lēnā] , dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] karnā[root] x bhī[p.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] jānā[pres.sg.m.23] . continue[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] turn[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , path continue[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) matter listen[past-part.f..root+lēnā] , (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) matter do[root] x too time go[pres.sg.m.23] .
316Speak in the form of relating an experience and you will become number one. 317Continue to distribute your various experiences and they will continue to increase.
248और जितना समय गँवाते हैं ना तो व्यर्थ के संस्कार पक्के होते जाते हैं . aur jitnā samay ganvātē haĩ nā tō vyarth kē|K saṅskār pakkē hōtē jātē haĩ . aur jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] ganvānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā tō vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K saṅskār[x] pakkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+jānā] . and the more time lose[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ then wasteful (of|K) sanskar firm be[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+jānā] .
318Everyone knows how to give lectures; even a five year old child knows this.
249कोई लम्बी बात करे तो उसको शॉर्ट करो . kōī lambī bāt karē tō uskō short karō . kōī[pn.;d.] lambā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.sg.23] tō vah[pn.sg.kō] short karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . some x matter do[opt.sg.23] then that[.kō] short do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
319So, do not waste any time in battling. 320No. 321This should happen.
250सुनाया ना-व्यर्थ बात का वर्णन बहुत लम्बा होता है . sunāyā nā-vyartha bāt kā varṇan bahut lambā hōtā hai . sunānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] x bāt[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] varṇan[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut lambā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . speak[past-part.m.sg.d.] x matter of x very x be[pres.sg.m.23] .
322No. 323Finish the wasteful by using any method, and let the powerful emerge.
251तो व्यर्थ को बचाओ . tō vyarth kō bachāō . tō vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] bachānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then wasteful to save[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
324What happens whilst battling?
252समझने में ऐसे होता है-मैंने तो कुछ नहीं किया , न सुना , न बोला लेकिन चलते चलते दो शब्द उसने बोला , दो शब्द उससे बोला और व्यर्थ का खाता जमा हो जाता है . samajhnē mē̃ aisē hōtā hai-mainnē tō kuchh nahī̃ kiyā , na sunā , na bōlā lēkin chaltē chaltē dō śhabda usnē bōlā , dō śhabda ussē bōlā aur vyarth kā khātā jamā hō jātā hai . samajhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] x tō kuchh nahī̃[neg] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , na[neg] sunnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|sunānā[root] , na[neg] bōlnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] lēkin chalnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] chalnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] vah[pn.sg.nē] bōlnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] vah[pn.sg.sē] bōlnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.]|khātā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] jamnā[x] jānā[pres.sg.m.23] . understand[inf.m.pl.,o.] in such be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] x then anything not do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , not (listen[past-part.m.sg.d.]|speak[root]) , not speak[past-part.m.sg.d.] but continue[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] continue[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) word that[.nē] speak[past-part.m.sg.d.] , (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) word that[.sē] speak[past-part.m.sg.d.] and wasteful of (eat[pres-part.m.sg.d.]|account) x[x] go[pres.sg.m.23] .
325You develop sanskars of weakness: "I am notable to do this. 326Baba keeps on saying that your sins have to be destroyed, but I am not able to do this." 327If you are notable to destroy your sins, at least perform pure actions.
253सुनने से भी व्यर्थ जमा होता है . sunnē sē bhī vyarth jamā hōtā hai . sunnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] jamānā[root]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . listen[inf.m.pl.,o.] from too wasteful (make firm[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation) be[pres.sg.m.23] .
328Do not waste your time in the wasteful.
254अगर कोई व्यर्थ सुनाते भी हैं तो उसको भी शॉर्ट करो , उसको सिखाओ . agar kōī vyarth sunātē bhī haĩ tō uskō bhī short karō , uskō sikhāō . agar kōī[pn.;d.] vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] tō vah[pn.sg.kō] bhī[p.] short karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , vah[pn.sg.kō] sikhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . if some wasteful speak[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too be[pres.pl.12hon3] then that[.kō] too short do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , that[.kō] teach[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
329The more the account of elevated actions increases, the account of sins will continue to finish.
255यह है शुद्ध सेवा , रहम करना . yah hai śhuddha sēvā , rahm karnā . yah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] śhuddh[x] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] , rahm[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . this be[pres.sg.23] pure service , mercy do[inf.m.sg.d.] .
330Therefore, do not waste time.
256रहमदिल हो ना ! merciful hō nā ! merciful hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā ! merciful (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ ! 257अच्छा , आज होली मनाने आये हो . achchhā , āj hōlī|holy manānē āyē hō . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , āj hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] . achcha , today (Holi|holy) celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.] come[pres-perf.pl.m.2] .
331The greatest value is of time, because the present time has been praised as "if not now, then never."
258तो होली तो आप बन गये हो , अभी क्या होली मनायेंगे ? tō hōlī|holy tō āp ban gayē hō , abhī kyā hōlī|holy manāyēṅgē ? tō hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] tō āp[pn.pl.] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.2.root+jānā] , ab[adv.hī] kyā hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] manānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? then (Holi|holy) then you become[pres-perf.pl.m.2.root+jānā] , now what (Holi|holy) celebrate[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
332So think for each second, if not now, then never. 333Do not waste your time.
259होली बन गये हैं , होली हंस हो ना ! hōlī|holy ban gayē haĩ , hōlī|holy hans hō nā ! hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] , hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] hans[x]|hãsnā[root] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā ! (Holi|holy) become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] , (Holi|holy) (swan|laugh out[root]) (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ ! 260ये होली आत्माओं की सभा कितनी न्यारी और प्यारी लगती है . yē hōlī|holy ātmāō̃ kī|key sabhā kitnī nyārī aur pyārī lagtī hai . yah[pn.pl.d.] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sabhā[n.f.;sg.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] nyārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] aur pyārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] lagnā[pres.sg.f.23] . this (Holi|holy) soul (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) court so unique and loving x[pres.sg.f.23] .
334Whilst moving around, you want to listen to a few words or you want to stop for a few words with someone, and this also takes up your time.
261होली की विशेषता है ही रंग लगाने की . hōlī|holy kī|key viśhēṣhtā hai hī raṅg lagānē kī|key . hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.]|raṅgnā[root] lagānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key . (Holi|holy) (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) speciality be[pres.sg.23] only (colour|x[root]) attach[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) .
335And the more time you waste, the more the sanskars of waste are becoming firm.
262आप सभी को तो रूहानी रंग लग गया . āp sabhī kō tō rūhānī raṅg lag gayā . āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] tō rūhānī[adj.] raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.]|raṅgnā[root] lagnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . you all to then spiritual (colour|x[root]) x[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] .
336When someone relates something very long to you, make it short.
263पक्का लग गया ना कि थोड़ी माया की धूप में रंग उड़ जायेगा . pakkā lag gayā nā ki thōṛī māyā kī|key dhūp mē̃ raṅg uṛ jāyēgā . pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lagnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] nā ki[conj.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] māyā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key dhūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.]|raṅgnā[root] uṛnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . firm x[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] ∅ that short Maya (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) sunshine in (colour|x[root]) fly[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .
337You have already been told that the explanation of wasteful things is very long.
264नहीं उड़ेगा ! nahī̃ uṛēgā ! nahī̃[neg] uṛnā[fut.m.sg.23] ! not fly[fut.m.sg.23] !
338So leave aside the wasteful.
265दुनिया वाले तो एक दिन के लिये मनोरंजन करते हैं और आपका सदा ही मनोरंजन है . duniyā vālē tō ēk din kē|K liyē manōrañjan kartē haĩ aur āpkā sadā hī manōrañjan hai . duniyā[n.f.;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō ēk[adj.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] manōrañjan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aur āp[pn.pl.kā] sadā hī[p.] manōrañjan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . world those who then one day (of|K) take[past-part.m.pl.,o.] entertainment do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] and you[.kā] constantly only entertainment be[pres.sg.23] . 266मन नाचता खेलता रहता है . man nāchtā khēltā rahtā hai . man[n.m.;sg.,d.] nāchnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] khēlnā[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+rahnā] . mind dance[pres-part.m.sg.d.] play[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+rahnā] . 267वास्तव में सब उत्सव आपके जीवन का यादगार हैं . vāstav mē̃ sab utsav āpkē jīvan kā yādgār haĩ . vāstav mē̃[x] sab[adj.] utsav[x] āp[pn.pl.kē] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yādgār[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . x all x you[.kē] life of memorial be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
339This happens in trying to understand. 340You think: "I did not do anything, hear anything or speak anything, but whilst walking along, I spoke a few words with that one or a few words with the other."
268होली की विशेषता रंग लगाना , होली जलाना और फिर मंगल मिलन मनाना . hōlī|holy kī|key viśhēṣhtā raṅg lagānā , hōlī|holy jalānā aur phir maṅgal milan manānā . hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.]|raṅgnā[root] lagānā[inf.m.sg.d.] , hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] jalānā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] maṅgal[n.m.;sg.,d.] milan[n.m.;sg.,d.] manānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . (Holi|holy) (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) speciality (colour|x[root]) attach[inf.m.sg.d.] , (Holi|holy) burn[inf.m.sg.d.] and (turn[root]|then) auspicious meeting celebrate[inf.m.sg.d.] .
341This is accumulated in the account of wastage. 342Even by just listening to it, you accumulate waste.
269जब बाप के संग के रंग में रंग गये , सबसे बड़े ते बड़ा , अच्छे ते अच्छा रंग है सदा बाप का संग . jab bāp kē|K saṅg kē|K raṅg mē̃ raṅg gayē , sabsē baṛē tē baṛā , achchhē tē achchhā raṅg hai sadā bāp kā saṅg . jab bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.]|raṅgnā[root] mē̃[postp.] raṅgnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] , sabsē baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.]|raṅgnā[root] hōnā[pres.sg.23] sadā bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] . when father (of|K) company (of|K) (colour|x[root]) in x[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] , the most very from very , achcha from achcha (colour|x[root]) be[pres.sg.23] constantly father of company .
343If someone is relating something long to you, make it short; teach them how to make it short. 344This is pure service and having mercy.
270तो सदा संग है ना . tō sadā saṅg hai nā . tō sadā saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . then constantly company be[pres.sg.23] ∅ . 271तो सदा ही होली है . tō sadā hī hōlī|holy hai . tō sadā hī[p.] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then constantly only (Holi|holy) be[pres.sg.23] .
345You are the ones with a merciful heart.
272क्योंकि संग का रंग सदा ही है . kyōṅki saṅg kā raṅg sadā hī hai . kyōṅki saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.]|raṅgnā[root] sadā hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . because company of (colour|x[root]) constantly only be[pres.sg.23] .
346Achcha, today, you have come to celebrate Holi.
273और जब बाप के साथ रहते हो , संग रहते हो तो बुराइयाँ तो स्वतः ही जल जाती हैं . aur jab bāp kē sāth rahtē hō , saṅg rahtē hō tō burāiyā̃ tō svataḥ hī jal jātī haĩ . aur jab bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē sāth[x] rahnā[pres.pl.m.2] , saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.2] tō x tō svataḥ hī[p.] jalnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+jānā] . and when father with remain[pres.pl.m.2] , company remain[pres.pl.m.2] then x then automatically only x[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+jānā] .
347You have already become holy, so what Holi will you now celebrate? 348You have become holy, you are holy swans, are you not?
274अपवित्रता को जलाना ये होली जलाना है . apavitratā kō jalānā yē hōlī|holy jalānā hai . apavitratā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] jalānā[inf.m.sg.d.] yah[pn.pl.d.] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] jalānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . impurity to burn[inf.m.sg.d.] this (Holi|holy) burn[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
349This entire gathering is of holy souls.
275और जब रंग में रंग जाते हैं , बुराइयाँ जल जाती हैं तो क्या होता है ? aur jab raṅg mē̃ raṅg jātē haĩ , burāiyā̃ jal jātī haĩ tō kyā hōtā hai ? aur jab raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.]|raṅgnā[root] mē̃[postp.] raṅgnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] , x jalnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+jānā] tō kyā hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] ? and when (colour|x[root]) in x[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] , x x[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+jānā] then what be[pres.sg.m.23] ?
350It seems so lovely and beautiful. 351The speciality of Holi is to colour someone.
276मंगल मिलन . maṅgal milan . maṅgal[n.m.;sg.,d.] milan[n.m.;sg.,d.] . auspicious meeting . 277सदा एक दो से मिलते हो तो शुभ भावना सबके प्रति रखते हो , तो ये शुभ भावना से मिलना-ये है मंगल मिलन . sadā ēk dō sē miltē hō tō śhubh bhāvnā sabkē prati rakhtē hō , tō yē śhubh bhāvnā sē milanā-yē hai maṅgal milan . sadā ēk[adj.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] sē[postp.] milnā[pres.pl.m.2] tō śhubh bhāvnā[x] sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] prati rakhnā[pres.pl.m.2] , tō yah[pn.pl.d.] śhubh bhāvnā[x] sē[postp.] x hōnā[pres.sg.23] maṅgal[n.m.;sg.,d.] milan[n.m.;sg.,d.] . constantly one (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) from receive[pres.pl.m.2] then pure feeling everyone's for keep[pres.pl.m.2] , then this pure feeling from x be[pres.sg.23] auspicious meeting .
352All of you are already coloured by the spiritual colour. 353The colour isfast, is it not? 354Or, will it fade away under the sun of Maya?
278सदा ही शुभ है . sadā hī śhubh hai . sadā hī[p.] śhubh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . constantly only pure and positive be[pres.sg.23] . 279तो मंगल मिलन शुभ मिलन है . tō maṅgal milan śhubh milan hai . tō maṅgal[n.m.;sg.,d.] milan[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhubh[adj.] milan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then auspicious meeting pure and positive meeting be[pres.sg.23] .
355No. 356Will the colour fade away under the sun of Maya? 357It will not fade.
280चाहे कैसी भी आत्मा हो लेकिन आप शुभ भावना से उनको भी परिवर्तन कर देते हो . chāhē kaisī bhī ātmā hō lēkin āp śhubh bhāvnā sē unkō bhī parivartan kar dētē hō . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] kaisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bhī[p.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] lēkin āp[pn.pl.] śhubh bhāvnā[x] sē[postp.] vah[pn.pl.kō] bhī[p.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+dēnā] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) how too soul (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) but you pure feeling from that[.kō] too transformation do[pres.pl.m.2.root+dēnā] .
358Or can it fade? 359People of the world have entertainment for one day, whereas you have constant entertainment.
281तो सदा मंगल मिलन बाप से भी और अपने में भी मनाते ही रहते हो . tō sadā maṅgal milan bāp sē bhī aur apnē mē̃ bhī manātē hī rahtē hō . tō sadā maṅgal[n.m.;sg.,d.] milan[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] aur apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] manānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hī[p.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.2] . then constantly auspicious meeting father from too and one’s own in too celebrate[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] only remain[pres.pl.m.2] .
360The mind keeps on playing and dancing. 361In fact, all festivals are the memorials of your life.
282वो होली है नुकसान की और आपकी होली है फायदे की . vō hōlī|holy hai nuksān kī aur āpkī hōlī|holy hai phāydē kī|key . vah[pn.;d.] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nuksān karnā[past-part.f.] aur āp[pn.pl.kī] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] fāydā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key . that (Holi|holy) be[pres.sg.23] x and you[.kī] (Holi|holy) be[pres.sg.23] profit (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) .
362The speciality of Holi is to colour someone, to burn the holi and to celebrate a meeting.
283वहाँ कितना नुकसान होता है ! vahā̃ kitnā nuksān hōtā hai ! vahā̃ kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nuksān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] ! there so loss be[pres.sg.m.23] ! 284रंग का नुकसान , समय का नुकसान , कपड़ों का भी नुकसान . raṅg kā nuksān , samay kā nuksān , kapṛō̃ kā bhī nuksān . raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.]|raṅgnā[root] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nuksān[n.m.;sg.,d.] , samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nuksān[n.m.;sg.,d.] , kapṛā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] nuksān[n.m.;sg.,d.] . (colour|x[root]) of loss , time of loss , clothes of too loss .
363Since you have been coloured by the company of the Father, the best colour is the colour of the Father's company.
285और आपका है जमा करने का . aur āpkā hai jamā karnē kā . aur āp[pn.pl.kā] hōnā[pres.sg.23] jamānā[root]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . and you[.kā] be[pres.sg.23] (make firm[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation) do[inf.m.pl.,o.] of .
364So you constantly have company, do you not?
286होली मनाना अच्छा लगता है , रंग डालना अच्छा लगता है ? hōlī|holy manānā achchhā lagtā hai , raṅg ḍālnā achchhā lagtā hai ? hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] manānā[inf.m.sg.d.] achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] , raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.]|raṅgnā[root] ḍālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] ? (Holi|holy) celebrate[inf.m.sg.d.] enjoy , (colour|x[root]) create[inf.m.sg.d.] enjoy ?
365So you are constantly holy because you constantly have the colour of the Company.
287देवताओं के समान थोड़ा बहुत सुहेज करना वो है दिन को महत्व देना . dēvtāō̃ kē|K samān thōṛā bahut suhēj karnā vō hai din kō mahatva dēnā . dēvtā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K samān[adj.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bahut svahēz[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] vah[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] mahatva[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . deity (of|K) equal short very special festivity do[inf.m.sg.d.] that be[pres.sg.23] day to importance give[inf.m.sg.d.] .
366And when you stay with the Father, when you are in His company all the bad things automatically burn away.
288बाकी ज्यादा रंग लगाना तो दुनिया जैसे हो जाते हैं . bākī jyādā raṅg lagānā tō duniyā jaisē hō jātē haĩ . bākī|bākī jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.]|raṅgnā[root] lagānā[inf.m.sg.d.] tō duniyā[n.f.;sg.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . (but|others) more (colour|x[root]) attach[inf.m.sg.d.] then world like be[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . 289सदा होलीएस्ट बनने की होली की मुबारक . sadā holiest bannē kī|key hōlī|holy kī|key mubārak . sadā holiest[adj.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mubārak[n.f.;sg.] . constantly holiest become[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) (Holi|holy) (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) congratulations .
367To burn impurity is to burn holi. 368And when you are coloured by the colours and the weaknesses have been burnt away, what happens then?
290वो तो विशेष उत्सव पर मीठा मुख करते हैं और आप तो हर गुरूवार को मीठा मुख करते हो . vō tō viśhēṣh utsav par mīṭhā mukh kartē haĩ aur āp tō har|her gurūvār kō mīṭhā mukh kartē hō . vah[pn.;d.] tō viśhēṣh[adj.] utsav[x] par[postp.]|par[adj.] mīṭhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aur āp[pn.pl.] tō har|harnā[root]|her gurūvār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] mīṭhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] . that then special x (at|other) sweet mouth do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] and you then (x|x[root]) x to sweet mouth do[pres.pl.m.2] .
369An auspicious meeting. 370When you meet one another, you constantly have good wishes for one another.
291भोग मीठा बनाते हो ना ? bhōg mīṭhā banātē hō nā ? bhōg[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhōgnā[root] mīṭhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] banānā[pres.pl.m.2] nā ? (x|experience[root]) sweet create[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ ? 292या मीठा नहीं बनाते , नमकीन रख देते हो ! yā mīṭhā nahī̃ banātē , namkīn rakh dētē hō ! yā mīṭhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] banānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , namkīn[adj.] rakhnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+dēnā] ! or sweet not create[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , savoury keep[pres.pl.m.2.root+dēnā] !
371To meet one another with good wishes is an auspicious meeting.
293डबल फॉरेनर्स बनाते हैं ? double foreigners banātē haĩ ? double foreigner banānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? double foreigner create[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
372It is constantly auspicious.
294कि ब्रेड का भोग लगा देते हो ? ki brēḍ kā bhōg lagā dētē hō ? ki[conj.] x kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhōg lagānā[pres.pl.m.2.root+dēnā] ? that x of x ?
373The auspicious meeting is a pure meeting.
295सुनाया था ना कि ये भी विधि है . sunāyā thā nā ki yē bhī vidhi hai . sunānā[past-perf.m.sg.] nā ki[conj.] yah[pn.pl.d.] bhī[p.] vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . speak[past-perf.m.sg.] ∅ that this too method be[pres.sg.23] . 296तो विधि को अपनाने से खुशी होती है . tō vidhi kō apnānē sē khuśhī hōtī hai . tō vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] apnānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] . then method to adopt[inf.m.pl.,o.] from happiness be[pres.sg.f.23] .
374No matter what type of soul someone is, with your good wishes, you are able to transform that one.
297जैसे कोई अपना प्यारा आ जाता है तो क्या करते हो ? jaisē kōī apnā pyārā ā jātā hai tō kyā kartē hō ? jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kōī[pn.;d.] apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] tō kyā karnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? like some (adopt[root]|one’s own) loving come[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] then what do[pres.pl.m.2] ?
375So, you constantly celebrate an auspicious meeting with the Father and with others.
298प्यार से उसके लिये बनाते हो ना . pyār sē uskē liyē banātē hō nā . pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] uskā[pn.sg.kē] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] banānā[pres.pl.m.2] nā . love from of that[.kē] take[past-part.m.pl.,o.] create[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ .
376That Holi is of damage and yours is of benefit.
299बाप से प्यार है तो दो चीज़भल नहीं बनाओ , एक हीचीज़ बनाओ लेकिन बनाओ प्यार से और विधिपूर्वक . bāp sē pyār hai tō dō cīzabhal nahī̃ banāō , ēk hīcīz banāō lēkin banāō pyār sē aur vidhipūrvak . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] x nahī̃[neg] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , ēk[adj.] x banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] lēkin banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] aur vidhipūrvak . father from love be[pres.sg.23] then (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) x not create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , one x create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] but create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] love from and with discipline . 300ऐसे नहीं , ऑफिस का टाइम हो गया और गैस पर हलुआ बन रहा है , टाइम नहीं है तो यही लगा दो . aisē nahī̃ , office kā time hō gayā aur gas par haluā ban rahā hai , time nahī̃ hai tō yahī lagā dō . aisē nahī̃[x] , office kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] time hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] aur gas par[postp.]|par[adj.] haluā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bannā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , time nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō yahī[pn.;d.] lagānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] . it isn't that , office of time be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] and gas (at|other) halva become[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , time not be[pres.sg.23] then this attach[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] . 301 ( सभी हँस रहे हैं ) अच्छा नहीं लगता है ना इसीलिये हँसी आती है . ( sabhī hans rahē haĩ ) achchhā nahī̃ lagtā hai nā isīliyē hansī ātī hai . ( sab[adv.hī] hãsnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ) achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā isliē hansī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.f.23] . ( all laugh out[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ) achcha not x[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ therefore x come[pres.sg.f.23] . 302बापदादा तो आपके प्यार का फल भी प्यार से ही स्वीकार करते हैं लेकिन जो स्टूडेण्ट आते हैं वो अपने अपने स्थान पर इतनीचीज़ें तो नहीं बना सकते इसीलिये बाप बच्चों के प्रति भी ये नियम रखते हैं . bāpdādā tō āpkē pyār kā phal bhī pyār sē hī svīkār kartē haĩ lēkin jō student ātē haĩ vō apnē apnē sthān par itanīcīzē̃ tō nahī̃ banā saktē isīliyē bāp bachchō̃ kē prati bhī yē niyam rakhtē haĩ . bāpdādā tō āp[pn.pl.kē] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] hī[p.] svīkār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin jō[pn.;d.] student ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.;d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] x tō nahī̃[neg] bannā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|banānā[root] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] isliē bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kē prati[x] bhī[p.] yah[pn.pl.d.] niyam[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada then you[.kē] love of fruit too love from only acceptance do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but that student come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that one’s own one’s own place (at|other) x then not (become[past-part.m.sg.d.]|create[root]) can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] therefore father child for too this law keep[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
377So much damage is caused there!
303कम से कम हर गुरूवार उन्हों को वेरायटी मिलनी चाहिये . kam sē kam har|her gurūvār unhō̃ kō variety milnī chāhiyē . kam sē kam[x] har|harnā[root]|her gurūvār[n.m.;sg.,d.] vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] variety milnā[.oblig3] . at least (x|x[root]) x that to variety receive[.oblig3] .
378Damage by the colour, loss of time and damage to the clothes. 379And yours is of accumulating.
304तो बाप भी खा लेंगे , बच्चे भी खा लेंगे . tō bāp bhī khā lē̃gē , bachchē bhī khā lē̃gē . tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] khānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+lēnā] , bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bhī[p.] khānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+lēnā] . then father too eat[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+lēnā] , child too eat[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+lēnā] .
380Do you like celebrating Holi? 381Do you like throwing colours?
305मेहनत तो बहुत करते हो लेकिन मुहब्बत से मेहनत करते हो तो मेहनत मुहब्बत में बदल जाती है . mēhnat tō bahut kartē hō lēkin muhabbat sē mēhnat kartē hō tō mēhnat muhabbat mē̃ badal jātī hai . mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] tō bahut karnā[pres.pl.m.2] lēkin muhabbat[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] tō mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] muhabbat[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] badalnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . effort then very do[pres.pl.m.2] but love from effort do[pres.pl.m.2] then effort love in change[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] .
382To celebrate with a little festivity like the deities is giving importance to the day, but to throw a lot of colour is like becoming the same as the people of the world.
306वैसे तो डबल विदेशी स्वयं भी खाना बनाने के लिये टाइम नहीं होने के कारण जैसे आता है वैसे चलते रहते हैं . vaisē tō double vidēśhī svayã bhī khānā banānē kē|K liyē time nahī̃ hōnē kē|K kāraṇ jaisē ātā hai vaisē chaltē rahtē haĩ . vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] svayã bhī[p.] khānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|khānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] time nahī̃[neg] hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chalnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . x then double foreigner x too (eat[inf.m.sg.d.]|eat[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]) create[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) take[past-part.m.pl.,o.] time not be[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) because like come[pres.sg.m.23] x continue[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] .
383Congratulations for the Holi of becoming constantly holy. 384Those people sweeten their mouths on special festivals whereas you sweeten your mouth every Thursday.
307डबल विदेशियों का ब्रह्मा भोजन भी बहुत इजी है . double vidēśhiyō̃ kā brahmā bhōjan bhī bahut easy hai . double vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] brahmā bhōjan[x] bhī[p.] bahut easy hōnā[pres.sg.23] . double foreigner of Brahma bhojan too very easy be[pres.sg.23] .
385You make sweet bhog, do you not?
308इण्डिया का ब्रह्मा भोजन और डबल विदेश में ब्रह्मा भोजन-कितना फर्क होता है ! india kā brahmā bhōjan aur double vidēśh mē̃ brahmā bhōjan-kitanā phark hōtā hai ! India kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] brahmā bhōjan[x] aur double vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] x fark[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] ! India of Brahma bhojan and double abroad in Brahma x difference be[pres.sg.m.23] !
386Or do you not make something sweet, and only offer something savoury? 387You make sweet bhog, do you not?
309जो इण्डियन बहनें हैं वो तो करते होंगे . jō indian bahanē̃ haĩ vō tō kartē hōṅgē . jō[pn.;d.] Indian bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.;d.] tō karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . that x x be[pres.pl.12hon3] that then do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
388Do the double foreigners make this? 389Or do you offer bread for bhog?
310लेकिन जहाँ सिर्फ डबल विदेशी हैं उन्हों का ब्रह्मा भोजन तो रोज हो सकता है . lēkin jahā̃ sirph double vidēśhī haĩ unhō̃ kā brahmā bhōjan tō rōj hō saktā hai . lēkin jahā̃ sirph[adj.] double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] brahmā bhōjan[x] tō rōz hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] . but where there only double foreigner be[pres.pl.12hon3] that of Brahma bhojan then day be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] . 311अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
390You were told that this also is a discipline and by observing the disciplines, you experience happiness.
312तबियत के लिये भी ठीक है और सहज भी है . tabiyat kē|K liyē bhī ṭhīk hai aur sahaj bhī hai . tabiyat[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur sahaj[adj.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . health (of|K) take[past-part.m.pl.,o.] too OK be[pres.sg.23] and easy too be[pres.sg.23] . 313लेकिन गुरूवार को कुछ न कुछ बनाना . lēkin gurūvār kō kuchh na kuchh banānā . lēkin gurūvār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] kuchh na[neg] kuchh banānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . but x to anything not anything create[inf.m.sg.d.] .
391You have love for the Father and so when someone who loves you comes, what do you do out of love for that one?
314अच्छा , सब तरफ से आये हैं . achchhā , sab taraph sē āyē haĩ . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , sab[adj.] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . achcha , all direction from come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
392You make something with great love.
315डबल विदेशियों ने भी रेस अच्छी की है . double vidēśhiyō̃ nē bhī race achchhī kī hai . double vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] bhī[p.] race achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . double foreigner ∅ too race achcha do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . 316सब ठीक रहे हुए हो ? sab ṭhīk rahē huē hō ? sab[adj.] ṭhīk[adj.] rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] ? all OK (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) be[pres-perf.pl.m.2] ?
393Do not make two things, make only one thing, but make it with love and with the right discipline.
317पलंग मिला है या पटरानी , पटराणे बने हैं ? palaṅg milā hai yā paṭrānī , paṭarāṇē banē haĩ ? palaṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] yā paṭrānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] , x bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ? x receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23] or x , x become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ? 318सबको खटिया मिली है कि कोई पट में भी सोते हैं ? sabkō khaṭiyā milī hai ki kōī paṭ mē̃ bhī sōtē haĩ ? sabkō khaṭiyā[n.f.;sg.] milnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ki[conj.] kōī[pn.;d.] paṭ[adj.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] sōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? everything x receive[pres-perf.sg.f.23] that some x in too sleep[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? 319सबको खटिया मिलती है . sabkō khaṭiyā miltī hai . sabkō khaṭiyā[n.f.;sg.] milnā[pres.sg.f.23] . everything x receive[pres.sg.f.23] .
394It should not be that it is time for you to go to the office and halwa is cooking on the gas, but because you do not have time, you offer that not fully cooked.
320यह आपकी विशेष खातिरी है . yah āpkī viśhēṣh khātirī hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] āp[pn.pl.kī] viśhēṣh[adj.] ḵẖātirī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this you[.kī] special hospitality be[pres.sg.23] .
395(Everyone was laughing.)
321पट में सो तो सकते हो ना या नहीं ? paṭ mē̃ sō tō saktē hō nā yā nahī̃ ? paṭ[adj.] mē̃[postp.] sōnā[root]|sō tō saknā[pres.pl.m.2] nā yā nahī̃[neg] ? x in (sleep[root]|x) then can[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ or not ?
396It is because you do not like this that you are laughing.
322कि कमर में दर्द पड़ेगा ? ki kamar mē̃ dard paṛēgā ? ki[conj.] kamar[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] dard[n.m.;sg.,d.] paṛnā[fut.m.sg.23] ? that x in pain fall[fut.m.sg.23] ? 323जो मिले उसमें सन्तुष्ट रहो . jō milē usmē̃ santuṣhṭ rahō . jō[pn.;d.] milnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|milnā[opt.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.mē̃] santuṣhṭ[adj.] rahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that (receive[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|receive[opt.sg.23]) that[.mē̃] content remain[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 324अगर खटिया मिलती है तो भी ठीक , अगर धरनी मिलती है तो भी ठीक . agar khaṭiyā miltī hai tō bhī ṭhīk , agar dharnī miltī hai tō bhī ṭhīk . agar khaṭiyā[n.f.;sg.] milnā[pres.sg.f.23] tō bhī[x] ṭhīk[adj.] , agar dharnā[inf.f.]|dharnī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] milnā[pres.sg.f.23] tō bhī[x] ṭhīk[adj.] . if x receive[pres.sg.f.23] ∅ OK , if (adopt[inf.f.]|earth) receive[pres.sg.f.23] ∅ OK . 325आदत सब पड़नी चाहिये . ādat sab paṛnī chāhiyē . ādat[n.f.;sg.] sab[adj.] paṛnā[.oblig3] . habit all fall[.oblig3] .
397BapDada accepts the fruit of your love with a lot of love, but the students who come to you are not able to make so many things at their own places and this is why Baba has this discipline for the children.
326अच्छा ! achchhā ! achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ! achcha ! 327ब्राज़ीलः ज्यादा ग्रुप आया है इसीलिये खुशी है . brāzīlaḥ jyādā group āyā hai isīliyē khuśhī hai . x jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] group ānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] isliē khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x more group come[pres-perf.sg.m.23] therefore happiness be[pres.sg.23] .
398At least they should have some variety every Thursday.
328बहुत अच्छा . bahut achchhā . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . very achcha . 329 ( फर्स्ट टाइम वाले ज्यादा हैं ) अच्छा है वृद्धि होना ये तो ड्रामा की नूंध है . ( first time vālē jyādā haĩ ) achchhā hai vr̥iddhi hōnā yē tō drama kī|key nūndh hai . ( first[adj.] time vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ) achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] yah[pn.pl.d.] tō drama karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key nūndh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . ( first time those who more be[pres.pl.12hon3] ) achcha be[pres.sg.23] growth be[inf.m.sg.d.] this then drama (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) fixed be[pres.sg.23] . 330ये तो बढ़ेगा . yē tō baṛhēgā . yah[pn.pl.d.] tō baṛhnā[fut.m.sg.23] . this then grow[fut.m.sg.23] .
399So Baba will eat this and the children will also eat this. 400You make a lot of effort, but because you do everything with love, the effort changes into love.
331संख्या बढ़ना ये सेवा की वृद्धि की निशानी है . saṅkhyā baṛhnā yē sēvā kī|key vr̥iddhi kī|key niśhānī hai . saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] baṛhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] yah[pn.pl.d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x grow[inf.m.sg.d.] this service (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) growth (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) sign be[pres.sg.23] . 332तो अच्छा है बापदादा खुश हैं कि सभी तरफ से मैजारिटी देखा गया कि चारों ओर के ग्रुप्स बढ़ करके ही आये हैं . tō achchhā hai bāpdādā khuśh haĩ ki sabhī taraph sē majority dēkhā gayā ki chārō̃ ōr kē|K groups baṛh karkē hī āyē haĩ . tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ki[conj.] sab[adv.hī] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] majority dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d..past-part+jānā]|dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d..passive] ki[conj.] chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K group baṛhnā[root] karnā[abs.] hī[p.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . then achcha be[pres.sg.23] BapDada happy be[pres.pl.12hon3] that all direction from majority (see[past-part.m.sg.d..past-part+jānā]|see[past-part.m.sg.d..passive]) that everywhere (of|K) group grow[root] do[abs.] only come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
401In fact, because double foreigners do not have time for cooking etc., they make do as best they can with whatever else they have. 402The Brahma bhojan of double foreigners is very easy.
333जो अगले साल की संख्या है और इस साल की संख्या में काफी फर्क है . jō aglē sāl kī|key saṅkhyā hai aur is sāl kī|key saṅkhyā mē̃ kāphī phark hai . jō[pn.;d.] aglā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur yah[pn.sg.o.] sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] kāphī[adj.] fark[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . that next year (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x be[pres.sg.23] and this year (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x in enough difference be[pres.sg.23] .
403There is so much difference between the Brahma bhojan of India and the Brahma bhojan abroad.
334जब मधुबन तक इतने ज्यादा पहुँच गये हैं तो वहाँ भी तो होंगे ना . jab madhuban tak itnē jyādā pahũch gayē haĩ tō vahā̃ bhī tō hōṅgē nā . jab madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] tak itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pahuñchnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] tō vahā̃ bhī[p.] tō hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā . when Madhuban until such more reach[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] then there too then be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ . 335तो अच्छा है , सेवा के वृद्धि की सभी को मुबारक . tō achchhā hai , sēvā kē|K vr̥iddhi kī|key sabhī kō mubārak . tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] . then achcha be[pres.sg.23] , service (of|K) growth (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) all to congratulations .
404Of course the Indian sisters must be cooking the same, but where there are just the double foreigners, they can have Brahma bhojan every day.
336अच्छा , ब्राजील वाले क्या करेंगे ? achchhā , brājīl vālē kyā karē̃gē ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , x vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? achcha , x those who what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
405It is good. 406It is good for their health and it is easy.
337कौन सा नशा रखेंगे ? kaun sā naśhā rakhē̃gē ? kaun[pn.;d.] sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] rakhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? who x intoxication keep[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
407But make something special on Thursdays.
338 ( उमंग उत्साह ) बहुत ज्यादा उमंग है . ( umaṅg utsāh ) bahut jyādā umaṅg hai . ( umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] ) bahut jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . ( zeal enthusiasm ) very more zeal be[pres.sg.23] .
408Achcha, souls have come from all directions.
339तो सदा उमंग उत्साह में रहना अर्थात् अपने श्रेष्ठ शान वा स्वमान में रहना . tō sadā umaṅg utsāh mē̃ rahnā arthāt apnē śhrēṣhṭh śhān vā svamān mē̃ rahnā . tō sadā umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] arthāt apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] śhān[n.f.;sg.] vā svamān[x] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then constantly zeal enthusiasm in remain[inf.m.sg.d.] that is one’s own elevated honour or self-respect in remain[inf.m.sg.d.] .
409Double foreigners have had a good race. 410Are all of you living comfortably?
340तो सबसे बड़ी शान है कि सदा खुश रहने वाले और दूसरों को खुशी बांटने वाले दाता के बच्चे हैं . tō sabsē baṛī śhān hai ki sadā khuśh rahnē vālē aur dūsrō̃ kō khuśhī bāṇṭnē vālē dātā kē|K bachchē haĩ . tō sabsē baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] śhān[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] sadā khuśh[adj.] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aur dūsrā[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bāṇṭnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dātā[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . then the most very honour be[pres.sg.23] that constantly happy remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who and other to happiness distribute[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who bestower (of|K) child be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
411Have you got beds or have you become kings and queens of the floor? 412Have all of you received beds?
341सदा देने वाले हैं , लेने वाले नहीं . sadā dēnē vālē haĩ , lēnē vālē nahī̃ . sadā dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , lēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] . constantly give[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] , take[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who not .
413Or are some of you sleeping on the floor?
342बाप से तो बिना मांगे भी मिलता ही रहता है . bāp sē tō binā māṅgē bhī miltā hī rahtā hai . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] tō binā mā̃gnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|mā̃gnā[opt.sg.23] bhī[p.] milnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] . father from then without (ask[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ask[opt.sg.23]) too receive[pres-part.m.sg.d.] only remain[pres.sg.m.23] .
414No, everyone has received a bed. 415This is special hospitality for you.
343बाप से मिलता है और बच्चों को बांटना है तो सदा खुशी के खज़ाने को बांटने वाले महादानी . bāp sē miltā hai aur bachchō̃ kō bāṇṭnā hai tō sadā khuśhī kē|K khazānē kō bāṇṭnē vālē mahādānī . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] milnā[pres.sg.m.23] aur bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāṇṭnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] tō sadā khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] bāṇṭnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mahādānī[adj.] . father from receive[pres.sg.m.23] and child to distribute[pres.sg.23.oblig1] then constantly happiness (of|K) treasure to distribute[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who great donor .
416You are able to sleep on the floor, are you not? 417Or will you have back ache? 418Remain content with whatever you receive.
344ये है ब्राजील वालों के लिये विशेष वरदान . yē hai brājīl vālō̃ kē|K liyē viśhēṣh vardān . yah[pn.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] x vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] viśhēṣh[adj.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] . this be[pres.sg.23] x those who (of|K) take[past-part.m.pl.,o.] special blessing . 345साउथ अमेरिकाः उसमें कौन है हाथ उठाओ . south amērikāḥ usmē̃ kaun hai hāth uṭhāō . south x vah[pn.sg.mē̃] kaun[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . south x that[.mē̃] who be[pres.sg.23] raise your hands .
419If you have a bed, that is good and if you have to sleep on the floor, that is also good.
346 ( पांच देश हैं ) तो पांच ही देश किस टाइटल को याद करेंगे ? ( pāñch dēśh haĩ ) tō pāñch hī dēśh kis title kō yād karē̃gē ? ( pañch[adj.] dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ) tō pañch[adj.] hī[p.] dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā[pn.sg.o.]|kaun[pn.sg.o.] title kō[postp.] yād karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? ( five land be[pres.pl.12hon3] ) then five only land (what|who) title to remember ?
420You should be able to develop all habits. 421Achcha.
347टाइटल तो बहुत हैं ना . title tō bahut haĩ nā . title tō bahut hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā . title then very be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ .
422Whose turn will be first?
348हर रोज कोई न कोई विशेष शान का टाइटल मिलता है . har|her rōj kōī na kōī viśhēṣh śhān kā title miltā hai . har|harnā[root]|her rōz kōī na kōī[x] viśhēṣh[adj.] śhān[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] title milnā[pres.sg.m.23] . (x|x[root]) day one .. or another special honour of title receive[pres.sg.m.23] . 349तो ये पांच ही मिल करके क्या टाइटल याद रखेंगे ? tō yē pāñch hī mil karkē kyā title yād rakhē̃gē ? tō yah[pn.pl.d.] pañch[adj.] hī[p.] milnā[root] karnā[abs.] kyā title yād rakhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? then this five only receive[root] do[abs.] what title remember ?
423Today, wherever each one has come from, BapDada will ask each country which honour/pride they will maintain and in which intoxication they will remain.
350 ( सन्तुष्टमणि ) अच्छा-मणि कहाँ होती है ? ( santuṣhṭamaṇi ) acchā-maṇi kahā̃ hōtī hai ? ( santuṣhṭamaṇi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ) x kahā̃ hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] ? ( jewel of contentment ) x where be[pres.sg.f.23] ? 351ताज में होती है ना . tāj mē̃ hōtī hai nā . tāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] nā . crown in be[pres.sg.f.23] ∅ .
424Each country should tell Baba what their intoxication and pride will be and also stay in that.
352तो सबसे ऊंचे स्थान पर मणि चमकती है . tō sabsē ūñchē sthān par maṇi chamaktī hai . tō sabsē ūñch[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] maṇi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] chamaknā[pres.sg.f.23] . then the most elevated place (at|other) jewel x[pres.sg.f.23] .
425Whose name is first? 426In fact, all of you are first.
353तो ये पांच ही सदा ऊंची स्थिति में स्थित रहने वाले सन्तुष्टमणि बन अपनी सन्तुष्टता की लाइट चारों ओर फैलायेंगे . tō yē pāñch hī sadā ūñchī sthiti mē̃ sthit rahnē vālē santuṣhṭamaṇi ban apnī santuṣhṭatā kī|key light chārō̃ ōr phailāyēṅgē . tō yah[pn.pl.d.] pañch[adj.] hī[p.] sadā ūñch[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] sthit[adj.] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] santuṣhṭamaṇi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] santuṣhṭatā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key light chārō̃ ōr[x] phailānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . then this five only constantly elevated stage in stabilised remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who jewel of contentment (x|become[root]) one’s own contentment (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) light everywhere spread[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
427Achcha, those from Brazil, speak, you are largest in number.You are happy because you are a large group. 428Very good. 429(First timers are the largest number.) 430It is good.
354तो सदा सन्तुष्ट मणि भव . tō sadā santuṣhṭ maṇi bhav . tō sadā santuṣhṭ[adj.] maṇi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bhav[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhav . then constantly content jewel (x|may you be) . 355ये अच्छा है . yē achchhā hai . yah[pn.pl.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
431It is fixed in the drama for there to be expansion.
356दूर होते भी समीप हैं . dūr hōtē bhī samīp haĩ . dūr[adj.] hōnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] samīp[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . distant be[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too close be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
432They will increase.
357देश दूर है लेकिन दिल से नजदीक हैं . dēśh dūr hai lēkin dil sē najdīk haĩ . dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dūr[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] nazdīk hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . land distant be[pres.sg.23] but heart from x be[pres.pl.12hon3] . 358समझा ? samjhā ? samjhānā[root]|samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? (explain[root]|understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]) ?
433For the numbers to increase is a sign of the expansion of service.
359अच्छा ! achchhā ! achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ! achcha !
434So it is good.
360जर्मनीः जर्मनी वालों को अभी कोई नई कमाल करके दिखानी है . jarmanīḥ jarmanī vālō̃ kō abhī kōī naī kamāl karkē dikhānī hai . x jarmanī vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] ab[adv.hī] kōī[pn.;d.] nayā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . x x those who to now some new x do[abs.] x[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
435BapDada is happy that all the groups from all directions this year are larger in numbers.
361जो सभी ने किया है वो तो किया लेकिन जर्मनी वाले नवीनता क्या करेंगे ? jō sabhī nē kiyā hai vō tō kiyā lēkin jarmanī vālē navīntā kyā karē̃gē ? jō[pn.;d.] sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] vah[pn.;d.] tō karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] lēkin jarmanī vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] navīntā[n.f.;sg.] kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? that all ∅ do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that then do[past-part.m.sg.d.] but x those who newness what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
436There is a lot of difference between the numbers last year and this year.
362हाथ उठाओ जो समझते हैं नवीनता करके दिखायेंगे . hāth uṭhāō jō samajhtē haĩ navīntā karkē dikhāyēṅgē . hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] navīntā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . raise your hands that understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] newness do[abs.] x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . 363ये तो बहुत हैं . yē tō bahut haĩ . yah[pn.pl.d.] tō bahut hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . this then very be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
437Since so many have reached Madhuban, there must be more at your respective places.
364एक एक की अंगुली से नवीनता का पहाड़ तो उठा हुआ ही है . ēk ēk kī|key aṅgulī sē navīntā kā pahāṛ tō uṭhā huā hī hai . ēk[adj.] ēk[adj.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key aṅgulī, uṅglī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] navīntā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pahāṛ[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō uṭhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|uṭhānā[root] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . one one (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) finger from newness of x then (wake up[past-part.m.sg.d.]|uplift[root]) be[past-part.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
438So, it is good. 439Congratulations to everyone for the expansion of service.
365उठेगा नहीं , उठा हुआ ही है . uṭhēgā nahī̃ , uṭhā huā hī hai . uṭhnā[fut.m.sg.23] nahī̃[neg] , uṭhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|uṭhānā[root] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . wake up[fut.m.sg.23] not , (wake up[past-part.m.sg.d.]|uplift[root]) be[past-part.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
440Achcha, what will those from Brazil do?
366सभी अच्छे हैं , उमंग उत्साह है , अभी सिर्फ प्रैक्टिकल में लाना है . sabhī achchhē haĩ , umaṅg utsāh hai , abhī sirph practical mē̃ lānā hai . sab[adv.hī] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , ab[adv.hī] sirph[adj.] practical mē̃[postp.] lānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . all achcha be[pres.pl.12hon3] , zeal enthusiasm be[pres.sg.23] , now only practical in x[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
441What intoxication will you maintain? 442(Zeal and enthusiasm.)
367दिल में है लेकिन दिल के उमंग उत्साह को बाहर में लाना है . dil mē̃ hai lēkin dil kē|K umaṅg utsāh kō bāhar mē̃ lānā hai . dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] bāhar mē̃[postp.] lānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . heart in be[pres.sg.23] but heart (of|K) zeal enthusiasm to outside in x[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
443You have a lot of enthusiasm. 444You have a great deal of enthusiasm.
368ऐसी कमाल करके दिखाओ , जो किसी ने ऐसी आत्मायें तैयार नहीं की हो लेकिन जर्मनी ऐसी आत्मायें तैयार करें जो सब ताली बजायें-वाह जर्मनी , वाह ! aisī kamāl karkē dikhāō , jō kisī nē aisī ātmāyē̃ taiyār nahī̃ kī hō lēkin jarmanī aisī ātmāyē̃ taiyār karē̃ jō sab tālī bajāyē̃-vāh jarmanī , vāh ! aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , jō[pn.;d.] kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] nē[postp.] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] taiyār[adj.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres-perf.pl.f.2] lēkin jarmanī aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] taiyār[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] jō[pn.;d.] sab[adj.] tālī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] x jarmanī , vāh ! such x do[abs.] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , that (anything|some) ∅ such soul x not do[pres-perf.pl.f.2] but x such soul x do[opt.pl.12hon3] that all clapping x x , wah! ! 369वैसे तो जर्मनी की मदद अभी भी अच्छी मिल रही है . vaisē tō jarmanī kī|key madad abhī bhī achchhī mil rahī hai . vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō jarmanī karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key madad[n.f.;sg.] ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] milnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . x then x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x now too achcha receive[pres.sg.f.prog.23] .
445So, to constantly stay in your zeal and enthusiasm means to constantly stay in your elevated pride and selfrespect. 446So, the greatest pride is that you are constantly happy and the children of the Bestower of happiness who distributes happiness to others.
370अच्छी मेहनत कर रहे हैं . achchhī mēhnat kar rahē haĩ . achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . achcha effort do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
447So, you are constantly bestowers.
371यहाँ हॉस्पिटल में कितनी मदद कर रहे हैं . yahā̃ hospital mē̃ kitnī madad kar rahē haĩ . yahā̃ hospital mē̃[postp.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] madad[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . here hospital in so x do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
448You are not those who take, but those who give.
372हॉस्पिटल में तो मदद की है उसकी मुबारक हो . hospital mē̃ tō madad kī hai uskī mubārak hō . hospital mē̃[postp.] tō madad[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] vah[pn.sg.kī] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . hospital in then x do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] that[.kī] congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
449You receive from the Father without your having to ask for it.
373अभी ऐसा अच्छा सेवाकेन्द्र खोलो , जो उस सेवा स्थान के ऐसे वायब्रेशन हों जिससे हर एक को नवीनता का अनुभव हो . abhī aisā achchhā sēvākēndra khōlō , jō us sēvā sthān kē|K aisē vibration hō̃ jissē har ēk kō navīntā kā anubhav hō . ab[adv.hī] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sēvākēndra[n.m.;sg.,d.] khōlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , jō[pn.;d.] vah[pn.sg.o.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vibration hōnā[opt.pl.12hon3] jō[pn.sg.sē] har ēk[x] kō[postp.] navīntā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . now such achcha centre open[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , that that service place (of|K) such vibrations be[opt.pl.12hon3] that[.sē] each one to newness of experience (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
450You receive from the Father and the children have to distribute to others, and so you are the great donors who constantly distribute the treasures of happiness to others.
374जैसे चुम्बक दूर से ही खींचता है ऐसे सेवास्थान की आत्माओं के वायब्रेशन सभी को आकर्षित करें . jaisē chumbak dūr sē hī khīñchtā hai aisē sēvāsthān kī|key ātmāō̃ kē|K vibration sabhī kō ākarṣhit karē̃ . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chumbak[n.m.;sg.,d.] dūr[adj.] sē[postp.] hī[p.] khīñchnā, khaiñchnā[pres.sg.m.23] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sēvāsthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K vibration sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] ākarṣhit[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . like magnet distant from only pull[pres.sg.m.23] such service place (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) soul (of|K) vibrations all to attracted do[opt.pl.12hon3] . 375हिम्मत है ना ! himmat hai nā ! himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! courage be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
451This is the special blessing for those from Brazil. 452Those from South America, raise your hands! 453So what title will all five of you remember?You have many titles.
376सेवाकेन्द्र खोलने की राय पसन्द है ? sēvākēndra khōlnē kī|key rāy pasand hai ? sēvākēndra[n.m.;sg.,d.] khōlnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key rāy[n.f.;sg.]|rāy[n.m.;sg.,d.] pasand[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? centre open[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) (x) love be[pres.sg.23] ?
454Every day, you receive a title of one special pride.
377जर्मनी वाले फिर से हाथ उठाओ . jarmanī vālē phir sē hāth uṭhāō . jarmanī vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] phir sē[x] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x those who again raise your hands .
455So what will all you five together remember?
378हिम्मत है ? himmat hai ? himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? courage be[pres.sg.23] ?
456(The jewel of contentment.)
379ये हिम्मत का हाथ है या वैसे ! yē himmat kā hāth hai yā vaisē ! yah[pn.pl.d.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yā vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ! this courage of hand be[pres.sg.23] or x !
457You have remembered a very good title.
380बापदादा देख रहे हैं कि आत्मायें अच्छी हैं . bāpdādā dēkh rahē haĩ ki ātmāyē̃ achchhī haĩ . bāpdādā dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ki[conj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . BapDada see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] that soul achcha be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
458A jewel of contentment. 459Where does a jewel reside?
381जो करना चाहें वो कर सकती हैं लेकिन अभी तक गुप्त रहे , अभी प्रत्यक्ष हो जायेंगे . jō karnā chāhē̃ vō kar saktī haĩ lēkin abhī tak gupta rahē , abhī pratyakṣha hō jāyēṅgē . jō[pn.;d.] karnā[opt.pl.12hon3.inf+cāhnā] vah[pn.;d.] karnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+saknā] lēkin ab[adv.hī] tak gupt[adj.] rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , ab[adv.hī] pratyakṣh[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . that do[opt.pl.12hon3.inf+cāhnā] that do[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+saknā] but now until incognito (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) , now visible be[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . 382तो सभी ब्राह्मणों की बापदादा सहित जर्मनी वालों को दुआएं हैं . tō sabhī brāhmaṇō̃ kī|key bāpdādā sahit jarmanī vālō̃ kō duāē̃ haĩ . tō sab[adv.hī] brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bāpdādā sahit jarmanī vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . then all Brahmin (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) BapDada including x those who to blessing be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
460It is set in a crown, is it not? 461So, the jewel sparkles from the most elevated place. 462So, all five of you are those who constantly become the jewel of contentment and spread your light of contentment in all four directions.
383कितनी दुआएं मिल गई ! kitnī duāē̃ mil gaī ! kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] milnā[past-part.f..root+jānā] ! so blessing receive[past-part.f..root+jānā] !
463May you constantly be a jewel of contentment.
384ठीक है ना ! ṭhīk hai nā ! ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! OK be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
464This is good.
385जब सब ब्राह्मणों की , बापदादा की विशेष नजर जर्मनी पर पड़ी तो क्या होगा ? jab sab brāhmaṇō̃ kī|key , bāpdādā kī|key viśhēṣh najar jarmanī par paṛī tō kyā hōgā ? jab sab[adj.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key , bāpdādā karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key viśhēṣh[adj.] nazar[n.f.;sg.] jarmanī par[postp.]|par[adj.] paṛnā[past-part.f.] tō kyā hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] ? when all Brahmin (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) , BapDada (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) special glance x (at|other) fall[past-part.f.] then what be[fut.m.sg.23] ?
465You are close even whilst being far. 466The country is far but you are close to the heart.
386कमाल होगी . kamāl hōgī . kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] . x be[fut.f.sg.23] .
467Do you understand?
387तो सदा सर्व को दुआएं देते हुए स्वयं को भी बाप की दुवाओं से भरपूर आत्मा अनुभव करते रहना . tō sadā sarv kō duāē̃ dētē huē svayã kō bhī bāp kī|key duvāō̃ sē bharpūr ātmā anubhav kartē rahnā . tō sadā sarv[adj.] kō[postp.] duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] dēnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] svayã kō[postp.] bhī[p.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key duā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] bharpūr[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then constantly all to blessing give[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] x to too father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) blessing from full soul experience do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.] .
468Achcha. 469Have those from Germany come?Those from Germany, raise your hands! 470Many have come. 471Those from Germany have to perform a new wonder.
388समझा ? samjhā ? samjhānā[root]|samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? (explain[root]|understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]) ? 389जर्मनी का सुन करके आप सभी को भी खुशी हो रही है ना . jarmanī kā sun karkē āp sabhī kō bhī khuśhī hō rahī hai nā . jarmanī kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sunnā[root] karnā[abs.] āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] nā . x of listen[root] do[abs.] you all to too happiness be[pres.sg.f.prog.23] ∅ .
472You have done that which everyone else has done, but what newness will those from Germany bring about?
390देखो कितनी खुशी है , सबके चेहरे मुस्करा रहे हैं . dēkhō kitnī khuśhī hai , sabkē chēhrē muskarā rahē haĩ . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] muskarānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] so happiness be[pres.sg.23] , everyone's face smile[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
473Those who think that you will bring about newness, raise your hands! 474There are many of you.
391अच्छा ! achchhā ! achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ! achcha ! 392कैनेडाः कैनेडा वाले क्या करेंगे ? kainēḍāḥ kainēḍā vālē kyā karē̃gē ? x x vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? x x those who what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
475The mountain of newness has already been lifted with each one's finger.
393कैनेडा का स्थान तो बहुत बड़ा है , उसमें नवीनता क्या बनाई है ? kainēḍā kā sthān tō bahut baṛā hai , usmē̃ navīntā kyā banāī hai ? x kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō bahut baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vah[pn.sg.mē̃] navīntā[n.f.;sg.] kyā banānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ? x of place then very very be[pres.sg.23] , that[.mē̃] newness what create[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ?
476It is not that it will be lifted, it is already lifted. 477All of you are good.
394सेवाकेन्द्र तो सभी हैं लेकिन नवीनता क्या बनाई है ? sēvākēndra tō sabhī haĩ lēkin navīntā kyā banāī hai ? sēvākēndra[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō sab[adv.hī] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin navīntā[n.f.;sg.] kyā banānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ? centre then all be[pres.pl.12hon3] but newness what create[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ?
478You have zeal and enthusiasm and now, you simply have to put it into practical form.
395कैनेडा वालों को जैसे स्थान है उसी अनुसार कोई न कोई नवीनता करो , म्युजियम कॉमन नहीं , जो अभी तक हो चुका है वह कॉमन हो गया , अभी और इन्वेन्शन कर ऐसा बनाओ जैसे लौकिक हिस्ट्री में वण्डर्स गाये जाते हैं ना ऐसे कैनेडा का स्थान वण्डर्स में गाया जाये . kainēḍā vālō̃ kō jaisē sthān hai usī anusār kōī na kōī navīntā karō , museum common nahī̃ , jō abhī tak hō chukā hai vah common hō gayā , abhī aur invention kar aisā banāō jaisē laukik history mē̃ wonders gāyē jātē haĩ nā aisē kainēḍā kā sthān wonders mē̃ gāyā jāyē . x vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.hī] anusār kōī na kōī[x] navīntā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , museum common nahī̃[neg] , jō[pn.;d.] ab[adv.hī] tak hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+cuknā] vah[pn.sg.d.] common hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , ab[adv.hī] aur invention karnā[root] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] laukik[adj.] history mē̃[postp.] wonder gānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.past-part+jānā]|gānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.passive] nā aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] x kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] wonder mē̃[postp.] gānā[past-part.m.pl.,o..passive] . x those who to like place be[pres.sg.23] that[.hī] according to one .. or another newness do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , museum x not , that now until be[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+cuknā] that x be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , now and invention do[root] such create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] like worldly x in wonder (sing[pres.pl.m.12hon3.past-part+jānā]|sing[pres.pl.m.12hon3.passive]) ∅ such x of place wonder in sing[past-part.m.pl.,o..passive] .
479You have it in your heart, but you have to bring the enthusiasm in your heart into a practical form externally. 480Germany should now perform such a wonder that you prepare souls that no one has as yet prepared and everyone would applaud Germany: Wah, Germany wah. 481In fact, we are even now receiving very good help from Germany.
396हो सकता है ? hō saktā hai ? hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ? be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ?
482You are making good effort.
397अगर हाँ है तो हाथ उठाओ . agar hā̃ hai tō hāth uṭhāō . agar hā̃ hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . if yes be[pres.sg.23] then raise your hands .
483You are helping so much at the hospital here.
398थोड़े हैं लेकिन साथ में और भी तो हैं ना . thōṛē haĩ lēkin sāth mē̃ aur bhī tō haĩ nā . thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] aur bhī[p.] tō hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā . short be[pres.pl.12hon3] but with in and too then be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ .
484So, congratulations for your help in the hospital.
399तो ऐसी कोई कमाल करके दिखाओ और सदा स्वयं को बाप के इन्स्ट å मेन्ट समझकर करो . tō aisī kōī kamāl karkē dikhāō aur sadā svayã kō bāp kē|K insṭa å mēnṭa samajhkar karō . tō aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] kōī[pn.;d.] kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur sadā svayã kō[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K x å x samajhnā[abs.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then such some x do[abs.] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and constantly x to father (of|K) x å x understand[abs.] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
485Now, open such good centres that anyone who comes to that centre experiences newness.
400बाप करावनहार है , करावनहार की स्मृति से निमित्त बन कार्य करने वाली आत्मायें हैं . bāp karāvanhār hai , karāvanhār kī|key smr̥iti sē nimitt ban kārya karnē vālī ātmāyē̃ haĩ . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karāvanhār hōnā[pres.sg.23] , karāvanhār karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . father karavanhar be[pres.sg.23] , karavanhar (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) awareness from instrument (x|become[root]) task do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who soul be[pres.pl.12hon3] . 401तो करावनहार के द्वारा हर कार्य सहज हो जाता है . tō karāvanhār kē|K dvārā har|her kārya sahaj hō jātā hai . tō karāvanhār kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dvārā har|harnā[root]|her kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . then karavanhar (of|K) through (x|x[root]) task easy be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . 402समझा ? samjhā ? samjhānā[root]|samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? (explain[root]|understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]) ?
486There should be such vibrations that just as a magnet attracts towards itself; so too, the vibrations of those at the centres should attract others. 487Do you have this courage?
403बहुत अच्छे इन्स्ट å मेन्ट हैं . bahut achchhē insṭa å mēnṭa haĩ . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] x å x hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . very achcha x å x be[pres.pl.12hon3] . 404अच्छा ! achchhā ! achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ! achcha !
488Do you like the suggestion of opening centres?
405मैक्सिकोः मैक्सिकों वालों की भी कमाल है . maiksikōḥ Mexico vālō̃ kī|key bhī kamāl hai . x x vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bhī[p.] kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x x those who (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) too x be[pres.sg.23] .
489Those from Germany, raise your hands again!
406वहाँ के मनी की हालत तो खराब है लेकिन मैक्सिको के ब्राह्मणों की हालत सबसे अच्छी है . vahā̃ kē|K money|manī kī|key hālat tō kharāb hai lēkin maiksikō kē|K brāhmaṇō̃ kī|key hālat sabsē achchhī hai . vahā̃ kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K money|maṇi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key hālat[n.f.;sg.] tō kharāb[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin x kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key hālat[n.f.;sg.] sabsē achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . there (of|K) (money|jewel) (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) situation then bad be[pres.sg.23] but x (of|K) Brahmin (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) situation the most achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
490Do you have this courage? 491Is this the hand of courage or is it just for the sake of it.
407बेफिक्र बादशाह हैं . bēphikr bādśhāh haĩ . bēphikr bādśhāh[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . carefree emperor be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
492Be loving and detached.
408देश की हालत तो होनी ही है लेकिन वो कलियुग की हालत है और आप सभी संगमयुग पर बैठे हो . dēśh kī|key hālat tō hōnī hī hai lēkin vō kaliyug kī|key hālat hai aur āp sabhī saṅgamyug par baiṭhē hō . dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key hālat[n.f.;sg.] tō hōnā[inf.f.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin vah[pn.;d.] kaliyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key hālat[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] . land (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) situation then be[inf.f.] only be[pres.sg.23] but that iron age (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) situation be[pres.sg.23] and you all confluence age (at|other) sit[pres-perf.pl.m.2] .
493Those who are detached are loved by everyone. 494BapDada is seeing that there are good souls.
409इसीलिये मैक्सिको वाले साक्षी दृष्टा बन हर दृश्य को देखने वाले हैं . isīliyē maiksikō vālē sākṣhī dr̥iṣhṭā ban har|her dr̥iśhya kō dēkhnē vālē haĩ . isliē x vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sākṣhī dr̥iṣhṭā[x] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] har|harnā[root]|her dr̥iśhya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . therefore x those who detached observer (x|become[root]) (x|x[root]) x to see[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
495You can do whatever you want but until now you have remained incognito.
410हलचल में आने वाले नहीं , लेकिन साक्षीपन की सीट पर दृष्टा बन खेल देख रहे हैं और खेल मेंहर्षित हो रहे हैं . halchal mē̃ ānē vālē nahī̃ , lēkin sākṣhīpan kī|key seat par dr̥iṣhṭā ban khēl dēkh rahē haĩ aur khēl mē̃harṣit hō rahē haĩ . halchal[x] mē̃[postp.] ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] , lēkin sākṣhīpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key seat par[postp.]|par[adj.] dr̥iṣhṭā[n.m.;sg.,d.] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|khēlnā[root] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] aur khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|khēlnā[root] x hōnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . upheaval in (come[inf.m.pl.,o.]|x) those who not , but being a detached observer (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) seat (at|other) observer (x|become[root]) (play|play[root]) see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] and (play|play[root]) x be[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
496Now you will be revealed. 497So Germany has the blessings of all Brahmins, including BapDada.
411नीचे ऊपर होने के प्रभाव से न्यारे और प्यारे . nīchē ūpar hōnē kē|K prabhāv sē nyārē aur pyārē . nīchē ūpar hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] nyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aur pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . down over be[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) x from unique and loving .
498You have received so many blessings. 499Is this all right?
412अच्छा है , देश की हालत लोगों को हिलाती है तो जब हिलते हैं ना तो और ही स्प्रिचुअलिटी की तरफ अटेन्शन जाता है . achchhā hai , dēśh kī|key hālat lōgō̃ kō hilātī hai tō jab hiltē haĩ nā tō aur hī spricualiṭī kī|key taraph attention jātā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key hālat[n.f.;sg.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] hilānā[pres.sg.f.23] tō jab hilnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā tō aur hī[p.] x karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] attention jānā[pres.sg.m.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] , land (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) situation people to make fluctuate[pres.sg.f.23] then when x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ then and only x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) direction attention go[pres.sg.m.23] .
500Since the special vision of all Brahmins and BapDada is on Germany, what will happen? 501There will be a wonder.
413वैराग्य की धरनी तैयार होती है और जितनी वैराग्य की धरनी तैयार होती है उतना बीज फल जल्दी देता है . vairāgya kī|key dharnī taiyār hōtī hai aur jitnī vairāgya kī|key dharnī taiyār hōtī hai utnā bīj phal jaldī dētā hai . vairāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key dharnā[inf.f.]|dharnī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] taiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] aur jitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] vairāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key dharnā[inf.f.]|dharnī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] taiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bīj[n.m.;sg.,d.] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] jaldī dēnā[pres.sg.m.23] . disinterest (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) (adopt[inf.f.]|earth) x be[pres.sg.f.23] and the more disinterest (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) (adopt[inf.f.]|earth) x be[pres.sg.f.23] x seed fruit very quickly give[pres.sg.m.23] . 414तो मैक्सिको को अभी और सेवा का चांस है . tō maiksikō kō abhī aur sēvā kā chance hai . tō x kō[postp.] ab[adv.hī] aur sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chance hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then x to now and service of chance be[pres.sg.23] .
502So, whilst constantly giving blessings to everyone and also receiving blessings from the Father for the self, continue to experience yourself to be a soul who is overflowing.
415बढ़ो और बढ़ाओ . baṛhō aur baṛhāō . baṛhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur baṛhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . grow[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and increase[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
503Do you understand?
416बाकी निश्चयबुद्धि अच्छे अच्छे बच्चे सदा बाप के सामने हैं और सदा रहेंगे . bākī niśhchaybuddhi achchhē achchhē bachchē sadā bāp kē|K sāmnē haĩ aur sadā rahē̃gē . bākī|bākī niśhchaybuddhi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sadā bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sāmnē hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur sadā rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . (but|others) intellect with faith achcha achcha child constantly father (of|K) x be[pres.pl.12hon3] and constantly remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
504All of you are also happy, are you not? 505Look, you are so happy hearing what Baba has said to Germany, everyone's face is smiling.
417समझा ? samjhā ? samjhānā[root]|samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? (explain[root]|understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]) ?
506Achcha.
418करेबियनः गयाना , ट्रिनीडाड , सुरीनाम , बारबेडोज … सभी तरफ सेवा का अच्छा चांस है और चांस रहेगा . karēbiyanaḥ gayānā , ṭrinīḍāḍ , surīnām , bārabēḍōj … sabhī taraph sēvā kā achchhā chance hai aur chance rahēgā . x x , x , x , x … sab[adv.hī] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chance hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur chance rahnā[fut.m.sg.23] . x x , x , x , x … all direction service of achcha chance be[pres.sg.23] and chance remain[fut.m.sg.23] .
507Canada had a sweet complaint. 508Those from Canada say that their name was not mentioned.
419तो करेबियन जो हैं वो चांस लेने वाले विशेष चांसलर हैं . tō karēbiyan jō haĩ vō chance lēnē vālē viśhēṣh chancellor haĩ . tō x jō[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.;d.] chance lēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] viśhēṣh[adj.] chancellor hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . then x that be[pres.pl.12hon3] that chance take[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who special chancellor be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
509What happens is that the smaller places become merged with the bigger places.
420चांस अच्छा लेते रहते हैं . chance achchhā lētē rahtē haĩ . chance achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . chance achcha take[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] .
510You think that you were not remembered.
421और जितना चांस लेते हैं उतना अपने को भी खुशी होती है और दूसरों को भी खुशी होती है . aur jitnā chance lētē haĩ utnā apnē kō bhī khuśhī hōtī hai aur dūsrō̃ kō bhī khuśhī hōtī hai . aur jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chance lēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] aur dūsrā[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] . and the more chance take[pres.pl.m.12hon3] x one’s own to too happiness be[pres.sg.f.23] and other to too happiness be[pres.sg.f.23] .
511You say this with love, not with jealousy. 512It is good. 513Those from Canada, raise your hands!
422धरनी को अच्छा परिवर्तन किया है . dharnī kō achchhā parivartan kiyā hai . dharnā[inf.f.]|dharnī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . (adopt[inf.f.]|earth) to achcha transformation do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
514What will those from Canada do?
423पहले भक्ति की कठोर धरनी थी , अभी परिवर्तन होकर ज्ञान सुनने की जिज्ञासा वाले बने . pahlē bhakti kī|key kaṭhōr dharnī thī , abhī parivartan hōkar gyān sunnē kī|key jigyāsā vālē banē . pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bhakti[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key kaṭhōr[adj.] dharnā[past.f.oblig1] , ab[adv.hī] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[abs.] gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key jigyāsā[n.f.;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bannā[opt.sg.23] . (x|firstly) devotion (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) hard adopt[past.f.oblig1] , now transformation be[abs.] knowledge listen[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) want to find out more those who (become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become[opt.sg.23]) .
515Canada is a very big place, and so what newness have you brought there? 516Have you brought about some newness?
424तो भक्ति के ऊपर जीत प्राप्त कर ली ना , विजयी बन गये . tō bhakti kē ūpar jīt prāpt kar lī nā , vijayī ban gayē . tō bhakti[n.f.;sg.] kē ūpar[x] jītnā[root]|jīt[n.f.;sg.] prāpt karnā[past-part.f..root+lēnā] nā , vijayī[adj.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . then devotion over (x[root]|x) reach ∅ , victorious become[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .
517There are many centres, but what newness have you brought about?
425अच्छी रिजल्ट है , बापदादा खुश हैं . achchhī result hai , bāpdādā khuśh haĩ . achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] result hōnā[pres.sg.23] , bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . achcha result be[pres.sg.23] , BapDada happy be[pres.pl.12hon3] . 426समझा ! samjhā ! samjhānā[root]|samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ! (explain[root]|understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]) ! 427चांसलर हैं . chancellor haĩ . chancellor hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . chancellor be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
518According to the place of Canada itself, you do not have any newness or common museum etc.
428अच्छा , कितने नाम लेंगे , सभी को याद प्यार तो मिलता ही है बाकी सभी के लिये , चाहे बड़े शहर हैं , चाहे छोटे हैं , छोटे और सिकीलधे हैं क्योंकि जहाँ छोटे होते हैं वहाँ खातिरी होती है और बहुत होते हैं तो बट जाता है . achchhā , kitnē nām lē̃gē , sabhī kō yād pyār tō miltā hī hai bākī sabhī kē|K liyē , chāhē baṛē śhahar haĩ , chāhē chhōṭē haĩ , chhōṭē aur sikīladhē haĩ kyōṅki jahā̃ chhōṭē hōtē haĩ vahā̃ khātirī hōtī hai aur bahut hōtē haĩ tō but jātā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] yād[n.f.;sg.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō milnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] bākī|bākī sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] śhahar[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aur sikīladhē[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] kyōṅki jahā̃ chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vahā̃ ḵẖātirī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] aur bahut hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō but jānā[pres.sg.m.23] . achcha , so name take[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , all to remembrance love then receive[pres-part.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] (but|others) all (of|K) take[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) very city be[pres.pl.12hon3] , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) small be[pres.pl.12hon3] , small and beloved, long-lost and now-found be[pres.pl.12hon3] because where there small be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] there hospitality be[pres.sg.f.23] and very be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then but go[pres.sg.m.23] .
519What you have already got from a long time has now become common. 520Now, create such an invention that just as there are the wonders of the world in lokik history; so, too, Canada also becomes a place of wonder. 521Is this possible? 522If it is, then raise your hands?
429जैसे देखो डबल विदेशी थोड़े थे तो पर्सनल मिलते थे और बढ़ गये हैं तो बट गया . jaisē dēkhō double vidēśhī thōṛē thē tō personal miltē thē aur baṛh gayē haĩ tō but gayā . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[past.pl] tō personal milnā[hab-past.pl.m.] aur baṛhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] tō but jānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . like see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] double foreigner short be[past.pl] then x receive[hab-past.pl.m.] and grow[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] then but go[past-part.m.sg.d.] . 430और छोटे सुभान अल्लाह हैं . aur chhōṭē subhān allāh haĩ . aur chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] subhān[n.m.;sg.,d.] allāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . and small x Allah be[pres.pl.12hon3] . 431सभी को बापदादा देखते हैं , ऐसे नहीं समझना सिर्फ अमेरिका अफ्रीकादेखते हैं . sabhī kō bāpdādā dēkhtē haĩ , aisē nahī̃ samajhnā sirph America aphrīkādēkhatē haĩ . sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] bāpdādā dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , aisē nahī̃[x] samajhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] sirph[adj.] America x hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . all to BapDada see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , it isn't that understand[inf.m.sg.d.] only America x be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
523There are few of you, but you have others with you also. 524So now perform such a wonder and also consider yourself to constantly be an instrument and Baba as the Karavanhar, and so you are souls who have the awareness of Karavanhar and yourself being an instrument.
432सभी जगह चक्कर लगाते हैं . sabhī jagah chakkar lagātē haĩ . sab[adv.hī] jagah[n.f.;sg.] chakra, chakkar[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . all x cycle attach[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
525With Karavanhar, all tasks become easy.
433पहले छोटों को प्यार करते हैं फिर बड़ों को . pahlē chhōṭō̃ kō pyār kartē haĩ phir baṛō̃ kō . pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] chhōṭā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] baṛā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] . (x|firstly) small to love do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] (turn[root]|then) very to .
526Do you understand? 527You are very good instruments.
434तो सभी के लिये यही विशेष वरदान है कि बिन्दु और सिन्धु , जितना ही बिन्दु है उतना ही सिन्धु बनो . tō sabhī kē|K liyē yahī viśhēṣh vardān hai ki bindu aur sindhu , jitnā hī bindu hai utnā hī sindhu banō . tō sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] yahī[pn.;d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] bindu[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur sindhu[n.m.;sg.,d.] , jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hī[p.] bindu[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hī[p.] sindhu[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then all (of|K) take[past-part.m.pl.,o.] this special blessing be[pres.sg.23] that point and ocean , the more only point be[pres.sg.23] x only ocean become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
528Achcha. 529It is a wonder of those from Mexico also.The economic situation there is very bad, but the situation in terms of the Brahmins there is the best of all.
435ज्ञान , गुण और शक्तियों की धारणा में सिन्धु बनो और स्मृति में बिन्दु बनो . gyān , guṇ aur śhaktiyō̃ kī|key dhārṇā mē̃ sindhu banō aur smr̥iti mē̃ bindu banō . gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] , guṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key dhārṇā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] sindhu[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] bindu[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . knowledge , virtue and Shakti (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) dharna in ocean become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and awareness in point become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
530You are carefree emperors. 531Those from Mexico, raise your hands! 532There are few of you.
436बिन्दु बनो , बिन्दु को याद करो और बिन्दु लगाते चलो . bindu banō , bindu kō yād karō aur bindu lagātē chalō . bindu[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , bindu[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] yād karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur bindu[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . point become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , point to remember and point attach[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
533There will be such conditions of the country, but that is the iron
437तो बिन्दु स्मृति स्वरूप और धारणा में सिन्धु स्वरूप . tō bindu smr̥iti svarūp aur dhārṇā mē̃ sindhu svarūp . tō bindu[n.m.;sg.,d.] smr̥iti svarūp[x] aur dhārṇā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] sindhu[n.m.;sg.,d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] . then point x and dharna in ocean form .
534aged condition whereas you are at the confluence.
438यही लक्ष्य सब रखते चलो . yahī lakṣhya sab rakhtē chalō . yahī[pn.;d.] lakṣhya[adj.] sab[adj.] rakhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . this aim all keep[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 439अभी किसी भी प्रकार का वेस्ट खत्म करो . abhī kisī bhī prakār kā west|waste khatm karō . ab[adv.hī] kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] west|waste ḵẖatm[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now (anything|some) too form of (west|waste) finished do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
535This is why those from Mexico are observers who watch everything as detached observers.
440हर कर्म बेस्ट . har|her karma best . har|harnā[root]|her karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] best . (x|x[root]) deed best . 441हर सेकण्ड बेस्ट हो , बोल भी बेस्ट हो , सम्बन्ध सम्पर्क सब बेस्ट हो . har|her second best hō , bōl bhī best hō , sambandh samparka sab best hō . har|harnā[root]|her second best hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bōlnā[root] bhī[p.] best hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] sab[adj.] best hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . (x|x[root]) second best (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , (x|speak[root]) too best (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , relationship x all best (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
536You are not those who fluctuate, but whilst seated on the seat of being a detached observer, you are observing the play and experiencing happiness.
442जितना बेस्ट करते जायेंगे तो वेस्ट स्वतः ही खत्म हो जायेगा . jitnā best kartē jāyēṅgē tō west|waste svataḥ hī khatm hō jāyēgā . jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] best karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+jānā] tō west|waste svataḥ hī[p.] ḵẖatm[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . the more best do[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+jānā] then (west|waste) automatically only finished be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .
537You are detached from the influence of any fluctuation and also lovely. 538It is good.
443अभी वेस्ट का खाता कुछ दिखाई देता है , तो बापदादा को अच्छा नहीं लगता है . abhī waste kā khātā kuchh dikhāī dētā hai , tō bāpdādā kō achchhā nahī̃ lagtā hai . ab[adv.hī] waste kā khātā[x] kuchh dikhāī dēnā[pres.sg.m.23] , tō bāpdādā kō[postp.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] . now x anything be visible , then BapDada to achcha not x[pres.sg.m.23] .
539When the condition of the country makes people shake, they are shaken and so their attention is drawn towards spirituality.
444आपके सारे दिन की दिनचर्या चेक करते हैं , वहाँ चारों ओर सबकी टी . वी . लगी हुई है . āpkē sārē din kī|key dincharyā check kartē haĩ , vahā̃ chārō̃ ōr sabkī T . we|V . lagī huī hai . āp[pn.pl.kē] sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key dincharyā[n.f.;sg.] check karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , vahā̃ chārō̃ ōr[x] sabkā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] T . we|V . lagnā[past-part.f.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . you[.kē] the whole day (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) timetable check do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , there everywhere everyone's x . (x) . x[past-part.f.] be[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
540The field of disinterest is prepared and the more the land of disinterest is prepared, the quicker the seed bears fruit.
445एक एक बच्चे की टी . वी . है , तो दिखाई तो देता है ना कि ये वेस्ट कर रहा है या बेस्ट कर रहा है . ēk ēk bachchē kī|key T . we|V . hai , tō dikhāī tō dētā hai nā ki yē west|waste kar rahā hai yā best kar rahā hai . ēk[adj.] ēk[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key T . we|V . hōnā[pres.sg.23] , tō dikhānā[past-part.f.]|dikhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] tō dēnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā ki[conj.] yah[pn.pl.d.] west|waste karnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] yā best karnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . one one child (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x . (x) . be[pres.sg.23] , then (x[past-part.f.]|x) then give[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ that this (west|waste) do[pres.sg.m.prog.23] or best do[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .
541So those from Mexico have a chance for greater service. 542Continue to move forward and make others move forward.
446एक सेकण्ड में देख लेते हैं . ēk second mē̃ dēkh lētē haĩ . ēk[adj.] second mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+lēnā] . one second in see[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+lēnā] . 447तो अभी भी वेस्ट का खाता कुछ बेस्ट से ज्यादा लगता है . tō abhī bhī waste kā khātā kuchh best sē jyādā lagtā hai . tō ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] waste kā khātā[x] kuchh best sē[postp.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] . then now too x anything best from more x[pres.sg.m.23] .
543But very good children who have faith in the intellect are constantly in front of the Father and will remain there.
448तो बापदादा को वेस्ट देखकर अच्छा लगेगा ? tō bāpdādā kō west|waste dēkhkar achchhā lagēgā ? tō bāpdādā kō[postp.] west|waste dēkhnā[abs.] achchhā lagnā[fut.m.sg.23] ? then BapDada to (west|waste) see[abs.] enjoy ?
544Do you understand? 545Those from the Caribbean, raise your hands!
449तो इस वर्ष में यह प्रतिज्ञा करो कि वेस्ट खत्म करेंगे , बेस्ट बनेंगे . tō is varṣh mē̃ yah pratigyā karō ki west|waste khatm karē̃gē , best banē̃gē . tō yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] pratigyā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] west|waste ḵẖatm[adj.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , best bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . then this year in this x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that (west|waste) finished do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , best become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
546Each group within each continent has special numbers.It is good.
450कितनी भी परीक्षा आये लेकिन परीक्षा परीक्षा है , प्रतिज्ञा प्रतिज्ञा है . kitnī bhī parīkṣhā āyē lēkin parīkṣhā parīkṣhā hai , pratigyā pratigyā hai . kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bhī[p.] parīkṣhā[n.f.;sg.] ānā[opt.sg.23]|ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] lēkin parīkṣhā[n.f.;sg.] parīkṣhā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , pratigyā[n.f.;sg.] pratigyā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . so too being careful (come[opt.sg.23]|come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) but being careful being careful be[pres.sg.23] , x x be[pres.sg.23] . 451परीक्षा आये , प्रतिज्ञा याद करो . parīkṣhā āyē , pratigyā yād karō . parīkṣhā[n.f.;sg.] ānā[opt.sg.23]|ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , pratigyā[n.f.;sg.] yād karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . being careful (come[opt.sg.23]|come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) , x remember .
547There is very good opportunity for service in Guyana, Trinidad, Suriname and Barbados and you will continue to have this chance.
452और जब सब बेस्ट बन जायेंगे तब ही प्रत्यक्षता का झण्डा लहरायेंगे . aur jab sab best ban jāyēṅgē tab hī pratyakṣhatā kā jhaṇḍā laharāyēṅgē . aur jab sab[adj.] best bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] tab hī[p.] pratyakṣhatā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] laharānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . and when all best become[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] for only then only revelation of flag hoist[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
548So those from the Caribbean are special chancellors who take the chance.
453आपके लिये रूका हुआ है . āpkē liyē rūkā huā hai . āp[pn.pl.kē] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ruknā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . you[.kē] take[past-part.m.pl.,o.] stop[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
549You continue to take good chances.
454ऐसे ही पर्दा खुल जाये और आप तैयार हो रहे हो तो अच्छा लगेगा ! aisē hī pardā khul jāyē aur āp taiyār hō rahē hō tō achchhā lagēgā ! aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] pardā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] khulnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] aur āp[pn.pl.] taiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] tō achchhā lagnā[fut.m.sg.23] ! such only curtains open up[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] and you x be[pres.pl.m.prog.2] then enjoy !
550The more chances you take, the greater the happiness you experience and others also have that happiness.
455इसीलिये पर्दा बन्द है . isīliyē pardā band hai . isliē pardā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] band[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . therefore curtains closed be[pres.sg.23] .
551You have transformed the land very well.
456कोई मन को ठीक कर रहा है , कोई तन को ठीक कर रहा है , कोई स्वभाव को , कोई संस्कार को और पर्दा खुल जाये तो ठीक लगेगा ! kōī man kō ṭhīk kar rahā hai , kōī tan kō ṭhīk kar rahā hai , kōī svabhāv kō , kōī saṅskār kō aur pardā khul jāyē tō ṭhīk lagēgā ! kōī[pn.;d.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] ṭhīk[adj.] karnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , kōī[pn.;d.] tan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] ṭhīk[adj.] karnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , kōī[pn.;d.] svabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] , kōī[pn.;d.] saṅskār[x] kō[postp.] aur pardā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] khulnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] tō ṭhīk[adj.] lagnā[fut.m.sg.23] ! some mind to OK do[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , some body to OK do[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , some nature to , some sanskar to and curtains open up[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] then OK x[fut.m.sg.23] !
552At first, the land of bhakti was very hard. 553Now they have transformed and are interested in listen to knowledge. 554So you have attained victory over bhakti; you have become victorious.
457इसीलिये जल्दी जल्दी तैयार हो जाओ . isīliyē jaldī jaldī taiyār hō jāō . isliē jaldī jaldī taiyār[adj.] hōnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] . therefore very quickly very quickly x be[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] .
555The result is good. 556BapDada is happy. 557Do you understand?
458डायमण्ड जुबली मनाने की तैयारी कर रहे हो ना . diamond jubilee manānē kī|key taiyārī kar rahē hō nā . diamond jubilee[x] manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key taiyārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] nā . x celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x do[pres.pl.m.prog.2] ∅ .
558You are chancellors. 559Achcha, how many names should BapDada mention?
459तो सब बेदाग डायमण्ड बन जायें . tō sab bēdāg diamond ban jāyē̃ . tō sab[adj.] bēdāg[adj.] diamond bannā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . then all flawless diamond become[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . 460डायमण्ड जुबली का तो ये अर्थ है ना . diamond jubilee kā tō yē arth|earth hai nā . diamond jubilee[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tō yah[pn.pl.d.] arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . x of then this (meaning|earth) be[pres.sg.23] ∅ . 461मनाओ डायमण्ड जुबली और रहे फ्लो ( इर्त्ी ; दाग ) वाले डायमण्ड , तो अच्छा लगेगा ! manāō diamond jubilee aur rahē flaw ( irtī ; dāg ) vālē diamond , tō achchhā lagēgā ! manānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] diamond jubilee[x] aur rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] flaw ( x ; dāg[n.m.;sg.,d.] ) vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] diamond , tō achchhā lagnā[fut.m.sg.23] ! celebrate[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] x and (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) x ( x ; flaw ) those who diamond , then enjoy ! 462इसीलिये इस वर्ष में तैयार हो जाओ . isīliyē is varṣh mē̃ taiyār hō jāō . isliē yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] taiyār[adj.] hōnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] . therefore this year in x be[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] .
560Everyone receives the love and remembrances anyway, but for everyone, whether it is a small country or a big country, the little ones are even more beloved, because where the little ones are, there is greater hospitality, and when there are many of you, you are distributed all over.
463टी . वी . खुले तो सब बेस्ट , बेस्ट , बेस्ट हो . T . we|V . khulē tō sab best , best , best hō . T . we|V . khulnā[opt.sg.23]|khulnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|khulā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō sab[adj.] best , best , best hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . x . (x) . (open up[opt.sg.23]|open up[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x) then all best , best , best (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) . 464वेस्ट का नाम निशान ही दिखाई न देवे . west|waste kā nām niśhān hī dikhāī na dēvē . west|waste kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nām niśhān[x] hī[p.] dikhānā[past-part.f.]|dikhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] na[neg] dēnā[opt.sg.23] . (west|waste) of x only (x[past-part.f.]|x) not give[opt.sg.23] .
561For instance, when there were few double foreigners, BapDada used to meet you personally and now there are many of you and so it is all together.
465हो सकता है ? hō saktā hai ? hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ? be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ? 466कि होना ही है ? ki hōnā hī hai ? ki[conj.] hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? that be[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] ?
562And the little ones are equal to God.
467बापदादा ने तो जानबूझ कर कहा कि हो सकता है . bāpdādā nē tō jānabūjh kar kahā ki hō saktā hai . bāpdādā nē[postp.] tō x karnā[root] kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] . BapDada ∅ then x do[root] say[past-part.m.sg.d.] that be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] . 468आप जवाब दो-होना ही है . āp javāb dō-hōnā hī hai . āp[pn.pl.] javāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] x hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . you x x only be[pres.sg.23] .
563BapDada is seeing everyone. 564Do not think that BapDada is only seeing those from America and Africa.
469अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha . 470चारों ओर के सदा सर्व प्राप्ति स्वरूप आत्मायें , सदा सन्तुष्ट , सदा प्रसन्नय्चित्त रहने वाली श्रेष्ठ आत्मायें , सदा स्वयं को श्रेष्ठ नाम , मान , शान के अधिकारी अनुभव करने वाली समीप आत्मायें , सदा सर्व को सन्तुष्टता के वायब्रेशन की लाइट माइट देने वाले प्रसन्नचित्त आत्माओं को बापदादा का याद प्यार और नमस्ते . chārō̃ ōr kē|K sadā sarv prāpti svarūp ātmāyē̃ , sadā santuṣhṭ , sadā prasannaycitta rahnē vālī śhrēṣhṭh ātmāyē̃ , sadā svayã kō śhrēṣhṭh nām , mān , śhān kē|K adhikārī anubhav karnē vālī samīp ātmāyē̃ , sadā sarv kō santuṣhṭatā kē|K vibration kī|key light might dēnē vālē prasannchitt ātmāō̃ kō bāpdādā kā yād pyār aur namastē . chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sadā sarv[adj.] prāpti[n.f.;sg.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] , sadā santuṣhṭ[adj.] , sadā x rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] , sadā svayã kō[postp.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] , mānnā[root]|mān[n.m.;sg.,d.] , śhān[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] samīp[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] , sadā sarv[adj.] kō[postp.] santuṣhṭatā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K vibration karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key light might dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] prasannchitt[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yād[n.f.;sg.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur namastē . everywhere (of|K) constantly all attainment form soul , constantly content , constantly x remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who elevated soul , constantly x to elevated name , (x[root]|respect) , honour (of|K) (one) who has a right experience do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who close soul , constantly all to contentment (of|K) vibrations (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) light might give[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who happy soul to BapDada of remembrance love and x .
565BapDada tours all the places.
471 ( बापदादा के साथ जब दादियां स्टेज पर बैठीं तो सभी फोटो निकाल रहे हैं ) क्या करेंगे इतने फोटो ? ( bāpdādā kē sāth jab dādiyā̃ stage par baiṭhī̃ tō sabhī phōṭō nikāl rahē haĩ ) kyā karē̃gē itnē phōṭō ? ( bāpdādā kē sāth[x] jab dādī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] stage par[postp.]|par[adj.] baiṭhnā[past-part.f.pl.] tō sab[adv.hī] photo nikālnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ) kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] photo ? ( BapDada with when Dadi stage (at|other) sit[past-part.f.pl.] then all photograph x[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ) what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] such photograph ?
566He first gives love to the younger ones and then the older ones. 567So this is the special blessing for everyone: bindu and sindhu (ocean).
472डबल विदेशी फोटो बहुत निकालते हैं . double vidēśhī phōṭō bahut nikāltē haĩ . double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] photo bahut nikālnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . double foreigner photograph very x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
568To the extent that you are a tiny dot, become an ocean.
473आप सब कहते हो दिल में बाबा है तो फोटो क्यों निकालते हो ? āp sab kahtē hō dil mē̃ bābā hai tō phōṭō kyō̃ nikāltē hō ? āp[pn.pl.] sab[adj.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bābā hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō photo kyō̃ nikālnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? you all say[pres.pl.m.2] heart in Baba be[pres.sg.23] then photograph why x[pres.pl.m.2] ? 474दिल में तो है ना . dil mē̃ tō hai nā . dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . heart in then be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
569Become an ocean in the imbibing of knowledge, virtues and powers and become a bindu in your awareness.
475ये भी एक मनोरंजन है . yē bhī ēk manōrañjan hai . yah[pn.pl.d.] bhī[p.] ēk[adj.] manōrañjan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this too one entertainment be[pres.sg.23] . 476अभी डबल विदेशी भी पक्के हो गये . abhī double vidēśhī bhī pakkē hō gayē . ab[adv.hī] double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] pakkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . now double foreigner too firm be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .
570Become a dot, remember the dot and continue to apply a dot.
477पहले जल्दी डिस्टर्ब होते थे , अभी कम होते हैं . pahlē jaldī disturb hōtē thē , abhī kam hōtē haĩ . pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] jaldī disturb hōnā[hab-past.pl.m.] , ab[adv.hī] kam hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . (x|firstly) very quickly disturb be[hab-past.pl.m.] , now decrease . 478फर्क आ गया ना . phark ā gayā nā . fark[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] nā . difference come[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] ∅ .
571So become the bindu, the embodiment of remembrance and become like an ocean in your imbibing.
479अच्छे हैं , परिवर्तन अच्छा किया है . achchhē haĩ , parivartan achchhā kiyā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . achcha be[pres.pl.12hon3] , transformation achcha do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
572Everyone should continue to have this aim.
480अभी मूड ऑफ करते हो ? abhī mood off kartē hō ? ab[adv.hī] mood off[x] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? now off-mood do[pres.pl.m.2] ?
573Now finish all types of wastage.
481मूड ऑफ होती है ? mood off hōtī hai ? mood off[x] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] ? off-mood be[pres.sg.f.23] ? 482नहीं . nahī̃ . nahī̃[neg] . not .
574Every action should be the best.
483आपके बुद्धि का स्वीच ऑन है तो मूड ऑफ नहीं होगी . āpkē buddhi kā switch on hai tō mood off nahī̃ hōgī . āp[pn.pl.kē] buddhi[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] switch on[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō mood off[x] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] . you[.kē] intellect of switch on[x] be[pres.sg.23] then off-mood not be[fut.f.sg.23] .
575In your time also, every second should be the best of all.
484जब स्विच ऑफ हो जाता है ना तो मूड ऑफ होती है . jab switch off hō jātā hai nā tō mood off hōtī hai . jab switch off[x] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] nā tō mood off[x] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] . when switch off[x] be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] ∅ then off-mood be[pres.sg.f.23] .
576Your words should be the best, and your relationships and connections should also be best of all.
485तो आपका तो ऑटोमेटिक स्विच है ना ! tō āpkā tō automatic switch hai nā ! tō āp[pn.pl.kā] tō automatic switch hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! then you[.kā] then x switch be[pres.sg.23] ∅ ! 486कि फ्युज होता है ? ki phyuj hōtā hai ? ki[conj.] x hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] ? that x be[pres.sg.m.23] ?
577The more you continue to make this the best, the more the waste will be finished.
487जिसका फ्युज होता है वो कन्फ्युज होता है . jiskā phyuj hōtā hai vō kanphyuj hōtā hai . jō[pn.sg.kā] x hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] vah[pn.;d.] x hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . that[.kā] x be[pres.sg.m.23] that x be[pres.sg.m.23] .
578At present, some accounts of wastage are still visible.
488अभी फर्क है . abhī phark hai . ab[adv.hī] fark[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . now difference be[pres.sg.23] .
579So BapDada does not like this.
489अभी और भी फ्लाय करते करते जो बाप चाहते हैं वो दिखायेंगे . abhī aur bhī fly kartē kartē jō bāp chāhtē haĩ vō dikhāyēṅgē . ab[adv.hī] aur bhī[p.] fly karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] jō[pn.;d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.;d.] dikhānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . now and too fly do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] that father x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
580BapDada checks your activity throughout the day. 581There is everyone's T.V. there in all four directions.
490लेकिन बापदादा का नाम प्रत्यक्ष करने में आप सभी विशेष निमित्त आत्मायें हो . lēkin bāpdādā kā nām pratyakṣha karnē mē̃ āp sabhī viśhēṣh nimitt ātmāyē̃ hō . lēkin bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] pratyakṣh[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] viśhēṣh[adj.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . but BapDada of name visible do[inf.m.pl.,o.] in you all special instrument soul (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
582There is a T.V. of every child and so Baba is able to see whether someone is wasting something or making the best of it.
491अहमदाबाद ( सुख शान्ति भवन ) के भाई बहनों सेः अच्छे हैं , सेवा भी अच्छी करते हैं . ahamadābād ( sukh śhānti bhavan ) kē|K bhāī bahanō̃ sēḥ achchhē haĩ , sēvā bhī achchhī kartē haĩ . ahamadābād ( sukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhānti bhavan[n.m.;sg.,d.] ) kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] x achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , sēvā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . x ( happiness peace Bhavan ) (of|K) (brother|be liked[past-part.f.]) x x achcha be[pres.pl.12hon3] , service too achcha do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
583He sees this in one second. 584So even now, the account of waste seems greater than the account of best.
492सबको सन्तुष्ट करना यही बड़े ते बड़ी सेवा कर रहे हो . sabkō santuṣhṭ karnā yahī baṛē tē baṛī sēvā kar rahē hō . sabkō santuṣhṭ[adj.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] yahī[pn.;d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] . everything content do[inf.m.sg.d.] this very from very service do[pres.pl.m.prog.2] .
585BapDada would be very happy to see the best.
493चाहे सीजन में नहीं आये हो लेकिन बापदादा सदा ही याद करते हैं . chāhē season mē̃ nahī̃ āyē hō lēkin bāpdādā sadā hī yād kartē haĩ . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] season mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] lēkin bāpdādā sadā hī[p.] yād karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) season in not come[pres-perf.pl.m.2] but BapDada constantly only remember .
586So this year, make the promise that you will finish the waste and become the best.
494तो सुख शान्ति भवन वाले सदा सुख शान्ति में रहने वाले हैं . tō sukh śhānti bhavan vālē sadā sukh śhānti mē̃ rahnē vālē haĩ . tō sukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhānti bhavan[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sadā sukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhānti mē̃[postp.] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . then happiness peace Bhavan those who constantly happiness peace in remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
587No matter how many tests come, tests are tests and promises are promises.
495अशान्ति का नामय्निशान नहीं . aśhānti kā nāmayniśān nahī̃ . aśhānti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] x nahī̃[neg] . peacelessness of x not .
588When any test comes, remember your promise.
496और बापदादा के पास सफलता की रिजल्ट है इसलिये मुबारक हो , मुबारक हो . aur bāpdādā kē pās saphaltā kī|key result hai isliyē mubārak hō , mubārak hō . aur bāpdādā kē pās[x] saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key result hōnā[pres.sg.23] isliē mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . and BapDada to success (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) result be[pres.sg.23] therefore congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
589And when all of you become the best, the flag of revelation will be hoisted. 590It is waiting for you.
497तलहटी में बापदादा के कार्यक्रम के लिये आये सेवाधारियों के प्रति-अच्छा है , गुजरात सेवा की जिम्मेदारी उठाने में नम्बर आगे लेते हैं . talahṭī mē̃ bāpdādā kē|K kāryakram kē|K liyē āyē sēvādhāriyō̃ kē|K prati-acchā hai , gujarāt sēvā kī|key jimmēdārī uṭhānē mē̃ number āgē lētē haĩ . talahṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kāryakram[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ānā[opt.sg.23]|ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] sēvādhārī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K x hōnā[pres.sg.23] , gujarāt sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key x uṭhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] number āgē lēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . x in BapDada (of|K) programme (of|K) take[past-part.m.pl.,o.] (come[opt.sg.23]|come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) server (of|K) x be[pres.sg.23] , Gujarat service (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x uplift[inf.m.pl.,o.] in number previously take[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . 498सारा गुजरात ही संगठन में सेवा के निमित्त बना है . sārā gujarāt hī saṅgaṭhan mē̃ sēvā kē nimitt banā hai . sārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] gujarāt hī[p.] saṅgaṭhan[x] mē̃[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kē nimitt[x] bannā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . the whole Gujarat only gathering in service x become[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
591Would you like it if you were still getting ready and the curtains opened? 592This is why the curtains are closed. 593If someone is making their mind well and someone is making their body well, someone is working on their nature and someone is working on his sanskars, and the curtains open up, would you like it?
499जो निमित्त बनते हैं उन्हों को विशेष एक कदम पर पदम गुणा सहयोग मिलता है . jō nimitt bantē haĩ unhō̃ kō viśhēṣh ēk kadam par padam guṇā sahyōg miltā hai . jō[pn.;d.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] viśhēṣh[adj.] ēk[adj.] kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] padam[n.m.;sg.,d.] guṇā sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[pres.sg.m.23] . that instrument become[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that to special one step (at|other) multimillion fold cooperation receive[pres.sg.m.23] .
594This is why you must become ready quickly. 595You are now making preparations to celebrate the diamond jubilee.
500इसीलिये हिम्मत भी अच्छी रखी है , मेहनत भी अच्छी कर रहे हैं . isīliyē himmat bhī achchhī rakhī hai , mēhnat bhī achchhī kar rahē haĩ . isliē himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . therefore courage too achcha keep[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , effort too achcha do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
596So everyone should become a diamond, a flawless diamond.
501प्रकृति थोड़ा हिलाती है लेकिन ये अचल हैं . prakr̥iti thōṛā hilātī hai lēkin yē achal haĩ . prakr̥iti[x] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hilānā[pres.sg.f.23] lēkin yah[pn.pl.d.] achal hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . matter short make fluctuate[pres.sg.f.23] but this unshakeable be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
597This is the meaning of a diamond jubilee, is it not?
502अच्छा है , एक संगठन की शक्ति , दूसरी हिम्मत है तो कार्य सफल हुआ ही पड़ा है . achchhā hai , ēk saṅgaṭhan kī|key śhakti , dūsrī himmat hai tō kārya saphal huā hī paṛā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , ēk[adj.] saṅgaṭhan[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] , dūsrā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] saphal[adj.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] paṛnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] , one gathering (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) Shakti , other courage be[pres.sg.23] then task successful be[past-part.m.sg.d.] only fall[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
598Would you like it if you were celebrating the diamond jubilee and remained a diamond with a flaw?
503निर्वैरभाई ने बापदादा को गुलदस्ता भेंट किया - अच्छा , ज्ञान सरोवर का क्या हो रहा है ? nirvairabhāī nē bāpdādā kō guldastā bhēṇṭ kiyā - achchhā , gyān sarōvar kā kyā hō rahā hai ? x nē[postp.] bāpdādā kō[postp.] guldastā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bhēṇṭ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] - achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , gyān sarōvar[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] ? x ∅ BapDada to bouquet x do[past-part.m.sg.d.] - achcha , Gyan Sarovar of what be[pres.sg.m.prog.23] ?
599Therefore, become ready this year. 600When the T.V. is on, everyone should be best, best, best.
504अभी बाकी जो रहा हुआ काम है उसमें अभी किसी भी ढंग से कम खर्चा बाला नशीन करके दिखाओ . abhī bākī jō rahā huā kām hai usmē̃ abhī kisī bhī ḍhaṅg sē cum|kam kharchā bālā naśhīn karkē dikhāō . ab[adv.hī] bākī|bākī jō[pn.;d.] rahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|rahānā[root] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.mē̃] ab[adv.hī] kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] ḍhaṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] cum|kam[adj.] kharch, kharchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bālā[x] naśhīn[adj.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now (but|others) that (remain[past-part.m.sg.d.]|enable to live[root]) be[past-part.m.sg.d.] (task|lust) be[pres.sg.23] that[.mē̃] now (anything|some) too way from (x|less) expenditure x seated do[abs.] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
601There should be no name or trace of any waste. 602Is this possible? 603Or is it definitely going to happen?
505आप सभी ज्ञान सरोवर देख करके खुश होते हो ना ? āp sabhī gyān sarōvar dēkh karkē khuśh hōtē hō nā ? āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] gyān sarōvar[x] dēkhnā[root] karnā[abs.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā ? you all Gyan Sarovar see[root] do[abs.] happy be[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ ?
604BapDada has purposely said that yes, it is possible.
506ज्ञान सरोवर किसने बनाया ? gyān sarōvar kisnē banāyā ? gyān sarōvar[x] kaun[pn.sg.nē] banānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? Gyan Sarovar who[.nē] create[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
605You have to respond saying: Yes, it will happen.
507 ( बाबा ने ) आप सबने . ( bābā nē ) āp sabnē . ( bābā nē[postp.] ) āp[pn.pl.] sabnē . ( Baba ∅ ) you x . 508अगर आप सबकी अंगुली नहीं होती तो ज्ञान सरोवर का पहाड़ कैसे उठता ! agar āp sabkī aṅgulī nahī̃ hōtī tō gyān sarōvar kā pahāṛ kaisē uṭhtā ! agar āp[pn.pl.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] aṅgulī, uṅglī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.f.] tō gyān sarōvar[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pahāṛ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] uṭhnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] ! if you everyone's finger not be[pres-part.f.] then Gyan Sarovar of x how wake up[pres-part.m.sg.d.] !
606Are those who have come here for the first time this kalpa happy and content? 607How happy are you? 608Multimillionfold or a thousandfold?
509बना तो अच्छा है . banā tō achchhā hai . bannā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|banānā[root] tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (become[past-part.m.sg.d.]|create[root]) then achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
609You are very happy. 610Achcha.
510फिर भी जिसने जो किया है वो बहुत अच्छा किया है और आगे भी अच्छे ते अच्छा करते ही रहेंगे . phir bhī jisnē jō kiyā hai vō bahut achchhā kiyā hai aur āgē bhī achchhē tē achchhā kartē hī rahē̃gē . phir bhī[x] jō[pn.sg.nē] jō[pn.;d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] vah[pn.;d.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] aur āgē bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hī[p.] rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . nevertheless that[.nē] that do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that very achcha do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] and previously too achcha from achcha do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] only remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . 511ठीक है ना ! ṭhīk hai nā ! ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! OK be[pres.sg.23] ∅ ! 512सभी ने ज्ञान सरोवर में अंगुली लगाई है या किसी ने नहीं भी लगाई है ? sabhī nē gyān sarōvar mē̃ aṅgulī lagāī hai yā kisī nē nahī̃ bhī lagāī hai ? sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] gyān sarōvar[x] mē̃[postp.] aṅgulī, uṅglī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] lagānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] yā kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] nē[postp.] nahī̃[neg] bhī[p.] lagānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ? all ∅ Gyan Sarovar in finger attach[pres-perf.sg.f.23] or (anything|some) ∅ not too attach[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ? 513जो भी सभी बैठे हो , सभी ने अपनी अंगुली लगाई है ना ? jō bhī sabhī baiṭhē hō , sabhī nē apnī aṅgulī lagāī hai nā ? jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] sab[adv.hī] baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] , sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] aṅgulī, uṅglī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] lagānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] nā ? that too all sit[pres-perf.pl.m.2] , all ∅ one’s own finger attach[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ∅ ?
611To the souls from all four directions who are constantly the embodiment of all attainments; to the elevated souls who constantly remain content and satisfied; to the close souls who constantly experience themselves to have a right to the elevated name, regard and honour; to the satisfied souls who give everyone the light and might of the vibrations of contentment, BapDada's love, remembrances and namaste.
514अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
612* * * O MS H A N T I * * *